<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Paul+Falanga</id>
	<title>IPitomy Wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Paul+Falanga"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/Special:Contributions/Paul_Falanga"/>
	<updated>2026-04-30T01:38:01Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.35.11</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1327</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1327"/>
		<updated>2013-04-18T21:09:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: /* Welcome to the IPitomy Wiki */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTITLE__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Welcome to the IPitomy Wiki&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;If you would like to have a topic added to this wiki, please [[http://ticket.ipitomy.com/ open a ticket in our ticket system]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Products&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[IP PBX IMM|IPitomy PBXPlus Administration Guide]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**[http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/PBXPlus_Manual:_Music_File_Format Prompts and Music on Hold File Formats]&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[IP PBX Manual System Admin PBXSetup Feature Codes|Feature Codes]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[IP PBX Manual Branch Offices|Branch Office]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Troubleshooting]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**[[IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes|&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Release Notes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[HD Phones]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[HD Phones#Phone Configuration|Phone Configuration]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[HD Phones#Upload Custom Ring Tones|Upload Custom Ring Tones]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[HD Phones#Static IP vs DHCP|Static IP vs DHCP]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**[[HD Phone Firmware Release Notes|&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Release Notes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://www.ipitomy.com/index.php/support-center-q-manager Q Manager]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Q Manager Icons|Q Manager Icons]]&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Q Manager Release Notes|&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Release Notes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
**[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ArDyehd6dXI Q Manager User Training Video]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Useful Links and Information:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[IPitomy PBX Tips|IPitomy PBX Tips]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Multitech Fax Finder]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Outlook Dialer]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[QOS Setup Guide]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Router Info]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Router Bypass|Router Bypass]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Cisco SPA112 FXS Gateway]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Overhead Paging]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Chat Client for Android Phones]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[:Category:PBX Manual|List of Manual Pages]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Other useful links:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://www.ipitomy.com/ IPitomy Communications Website]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://www.ipitomy.com/pbx_files/ Support Site]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/ Documentation Index]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://www.youtube.com/user/IPitomyVideos/ IPitomy Videos]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://forum.ipitomy.com/ IPitomy Forums]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1326</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1326"/>
		<updated>2013-04-18T20:37:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: /* Welcome to the IPitomy Wiki */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTITLE__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Welcome to the IPitomy Wiki&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;If you would like to have a topic added to this wiki, please [[http://ticket.ipitomy.com/ open a ticket in our ticket system]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Products&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[IP PBX IMM|IPitomy PBXPlus Administration Guide]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**[http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/PBXPlus_Manual:_Music_File_Format Prompts and Music on Hold File Formats]&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[IP PBX Manual System Admin PBXSetup Feature Codes|Feature Codes]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[IP PBX Manual Branch Offices|Branch Office]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Troubleshooting]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**[[IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes|&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Release Notes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[HD Phones]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[HD Phones#Phone Configuration|Phone Configuration]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[HD Phones#Upload Custom Ring Tones|Upload Custom Ring Tones]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[HD Phones#Static IP vs DHCP|Static IP vs DHCP]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**[[HD Phone Firmware Release Notes|&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Release Notes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://www.ipitomy.com/index.php/support-center-q-manager Q Manager]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Q Manager Icons|Q Manager Icons]]&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Q Manager Release Notes|&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Release Notes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
**[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ArDyehd6dXI Q Manager User Training Video]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ArDyehd6dXI&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Useful Links and Information:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[IPitomy PBX Tips|IPitomy PBX Tips]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Multitech Fax Finder]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Outlook Dialer]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[QOS Setup Guide]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Router Info]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Router Bypass|Router Bypass]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Cisco SPA112 FXS Gateway]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Overhead Paging]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Chat Client for Android Phones]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[:Category:PBX Manual|List of Manual Pages]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Other useful links:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://www.ipitomy.com/ IPitomy Communications Website]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://www.ipitomy.com/pbx_files/ Support Site]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/ Documentation Index]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://www.youtube.com/user/IPitomyVideos/ IPitomy Videos]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://forum.ipitomy.com/ IPitomy Forums]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1325</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1325"/>
		<updated>2013-04-18T20:31:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: /* Welcome to the IPitomy Wiki */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTITLE__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Welcome to the IPitomy Wiki&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;If you would like to have a topic added to this wiki, please [[http://ticket.ipitomy.com/ open a ticket in our ticket system]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Products&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[IP PBX IMM|IPitomy PBXPlus Administration Guide]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**[http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/PBXPlus_Manual:_Music_File_Format Prompts and Music on Hold File Formats]&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[IP PBX Manual System Admin PBXSetup Feature Codes|Feature Codes]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[IP PBX Manual Branch Offices|Branch Office]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Troubleshooting]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**[[IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes|&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Release Notes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[HD Phones]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[HD Phones#Phone Configuration|Phone Configuration]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[HD Phones#Upload Custom Ring Tones|Upload Custom Ring Tones]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[HD Phones#Static IP vs DHCP|Static IP vs DHCP]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**[[HD Phone Firmware Release Notes|&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Release Notes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://www.ipitomy.com/index.php/support-center-q-manager Q Manager]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Q Manager Icons|Q Manager Icons]]&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Q Manager Release Notes|&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Release Notes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Useful Links and Information:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[IPitomy PBX Tips|IPitomy PBX Tips]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Multitech Fax Finder]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Outlook Dialer]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[QOS Setup Guide]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Router Info]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Router Bypass|Router Bypass]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Cisco SPA112 FXS Gateway]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Overhead Paging]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Chat Client for Android Phones]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[:Category:PBX Manual|List of Manual Pages]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Other useful links:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://www.ipitomy.com/ IPitomy Communications Website]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://www.ipitomy.com/pbx_files/ Support Site]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/ Documentation Index]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://www.youtube.com/user/IPitomyVideos/ IPitomy Videos]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://forum.ipitomy.com/ IPitomy Forums]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=IP_PBX_Manual_Destinations_Groups&amp;diff=1324</id>
		<title>IP PBX Manual Destinations Groups</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=IP_PBX_Manual_Destinations_Groups&amp;diff=1324"/>
		<updated>2013-04-17T20:18:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{IP_PBX_Manual|sortkey=Groups}}&lt;br /&gt;
'''Groups'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Group is a logical grouping of extensions and their privileges. Each Group is associated with a set of PBX features and call routing strategies. It is advised to build the extensions in the PBX first, allowing the groups to be populated at the time of creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These Groups allow incoming calls to be distributed to a group of extensions rather than just one extension. Within the Groups, different distribution strategies may be selected based on the call coverage required by the application. Groups also provide off-hook paging functionality. By dialing the intercom button or code followed by the group number, extensions in the group will receive the page over the intercom. Groups are a set of extensions that are related either because they:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Serve a similar business function.&lt;br /&gt;
* Work within the same department.&lt;br /&gt;
* Are located in proximity to each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, a business might create a few user Groups in an IP telephony network, e.g. Sales, Marketing, Administration, Accounting, Engineering, etc. Groups may also be created for people in similar locations like a plant floor, the north section of a building or the front office. The goal of a group is to ring telephones based on the incoming routing logic (e.g. DIDs, Auto Attendant selected by the incoming caller, or time of day). Note that calls routing to an extension from a ring group will ignore that phones PBX forwarding settings. Some phones have forwarding settings which are independent of the PBX (not set through the PBX Web GUI). These settings will still be applied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ring Group Examples ===&lt;br /&gt;
Ring groups define a set of extensions (people) that answer calls. Ring groups can be created for departments (e.g. Sales, Engineering) or buisiness regions (e.g. north, south, etc), or areas of a business (e.g. a warehouse or plant floor). These ring groups can appear on an Automated Attendant (menu). When the group is selected from a Menu, the call is routed to the group. These calls will be distributed to the member extensions based upon the ring strategy for the group. The ring strategy for the group can be set from the drop-down list. Available call distribution options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ring AllRing all extensions in the group simultaneously&lt;br /&gt;
* Round RobinTake turns ringing each extension, starts at the first extension for each new call&lt;br /&gt;
* Round Robin (with memory)Take turns ringing each extension, starts where the last call left off&lt;br /&gt;
* Least RecentRing extensions in order of which was least recently called by the queue.  If using agents, logging out will reset the call counter so the next time that agent logs in, they will be at the top of the list for queue calls.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fewest CallsRing extension in order of which has the fewest completed calls from the queue&lt;br /&gt;
* RandomRandomly ring one extension at a time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Example Ring Group 1Departmental Grouping ====&lt;br /&gt;
Ring group definitions can be found in the '''Add a New Ring Group''' section of this guide. If a business has the following departments and people: This business can setup the following ring groups supporting business operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;border-spacing:0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#4f81bd;border-top:0.0069in solid #000000;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #000000;border-left:0.0069in solid #000000;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| '''GROUP 1 - Sales'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#4f81bd;border-top:0.0069in solid #000000;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #000000;border-left:0.0069in solid #000000;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| '''Ext.'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#c0504d;border-top:0.0069in solid #000000;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #000000;border-left:0.0069in solid #000000;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| '''GROUP 2Customer Services'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#c0504d;border:0.0069in solid #000000;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| '''Ext.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #000000;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #000000;border-left:0.0069in solid #000000;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| Cathy Caldwell&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #000000;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #000000;border-left:0.0069in solid #000000;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| 123&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #000000;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #000000;border-left:0.0069in solid #000000;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| Gretchen Goodall&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #000000;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| 134&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #000000;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #000000;border-left:0.0069in solid #000000;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| David Dawson&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #000000;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #000000;border-left:0.0069in solid #000000;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| 124&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #000000;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #000000;border-left:0.0069in solid #000000;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| Peter Polk&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #000000;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| 135&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #000000;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #000000;border-left:0.0069in solid #000000;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| Susan Smith&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #000000;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #000000;border-left:0.0069in solid #000000;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| 125&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #000000;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #000000;border-left:0.0069in solid #000000;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #000000;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #000000;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #000000;border-left:0.0069in solid #000000;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| Robert Reed&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #000000;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #000000;border-left:0.0069in solid #000000;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| 126&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #000000;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #000000;border-left:0.0069in solid #000000;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #000000;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Using this ring group scenario the '''Menu would look like''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Sales (Destination - Group 1).&lt;br /&gt;
* Customer Service (Destination - Group 2).&lt;br /&gt;
* Office Manager (Destination - Ext. 113).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The menu prompt (message) for this menu and group arrangement would read as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''“Thank you for calling CompanyA, a leading manufacturer of cable assemblies and wiring harnesses. If you know the extension of the party you would like to reach you may dial it at any time.”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For Sales, press 1.&lt;br /&gt;
* For Customer Service, press 2.&lt;br /&gt;
* For Accounting, press 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once a call is sent to Sales, member extension will be rang according to the '''ring group strategy.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Example Ring Group 2Regional Sales Grouping ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;border-spacing:0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#4f81bd;border-top:0.0069in solid #000000;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #000000;border-left:0.0069in solid #000000;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| '''GROUP 1 East Coast Sales'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#4f81bd;border-top:0.0069in solid #000000;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #000000;border-left:0.0069in solid #000000;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| '''Ext.'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#c0504d;border-top:0.0069in solid #000000;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #000000;border-left:0.0069in solid #000000;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| '''GROUP 2 -West Coast Sales'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#c0504d;border-top:0.0069in solid #000000;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #000000;border-left:0.0069in solid #000000;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| '''Ext.'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#9bbb59;border-top:0.0069in solid #000000;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #000000;border-left:0.0069in solid #000000;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| '''GROUP 3 Customer Service'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#9bbb59;border:0.0069in solid #000000;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| '''Ext.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #000000;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #000000;border-left:0.0069in solid #000000;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| Cathy Caldwell&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #000000;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #000000;border-left:0.0069in solid #000000;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| 123&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #000000;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #000000;border-left:0.0069in solid #000000;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| Susan Smith&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #000000;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #000000;border-left:0.0069in solid #000000;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| 125&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #000000;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #000000;border-left:0.0069in solid #000000;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| Gretchen Goodall&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #000000;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| 134&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #000000;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #000000;border-left:0.0069in solid #000000;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| David Dawson&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #000000;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #000000;border-left:0.0069in solid #000000;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| 124&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #000000;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #000000;border-left:0.0069in solid #000000;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| Robert Reed&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #000000;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #000000;border-left:0.0069in solid #000000;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| 126&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #000000;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #000000;border-left:0.0069in solid #000000;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| Peter Polk&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #000000;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| 135&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Using this ring group scenario the '''Menu would look like''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* East Coast Sales (Destination - Group 1).&lt;br /&gt;
* West Coast Sales (Destination - Group 2).&lt;br /&gt;
* Customer Service (Destination - Group 3).&lt;br /&gt;
* Office Manager (Destination - Ext. 113).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The menu '''prompt '''for this menu and group arrangement would read as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''“Thank you for calling CompanyA, a leading manufacturer of cable assemblies and wiring harnesses. If you know the extension of the party you would like to reach you may dial it at any time. For”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* East Coast Sales, press 1.&lt;br /&gt;
* West Coast Sales, press 2.&lt;br /&gt;
* Customer Service, press 3.&lt;br /&gt;
* Accounting, press 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calls sent to these groups might use different ring strategies. The East Coast Sales group might answer calls Round Robin, distributing the calls to each Sale Representative consecutively. If a sales person is missing from the West Coast team this group might set phones to Ring All in the group so that calls don’t get missed. The Customer Service team may get high volumes of calls during a specified period of time, so this group may be set to ring Least Recent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add/Edit New Ring Group ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following table describes the parameters (fields) on the Edit Ring Group page and their descriptions and recommended settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;border-spacing:0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#b8cce4;  border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;  border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;  border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;  border-right:none;  padding-top:0in;  padding-bottom:0in;  padding-left:0.075in;  padding-right:0.075in&amp;quot; | &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Sections/Fields'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#b8cce4;  border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;  padding-top:0in;  padding-bottom:0in;  padding-left:0.075in;  padding-right:0.075in&amp;quot; | &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Description'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: 0.0069in medium 0.0069in 0.0069in;  border-style: solid none solid solid;  border-color: rgb(0, 0, 255) -moz-use-text-color rgb(0, 0, 255) rgb(0, 0, 255);  padding: 0in 0.075in;  text-align: center&amp;quot; | Name&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;  padding-top:0in;  padding-bottom:0in;  padding-left:0.075in;  padding-right:0.075in&amp;quot; | The name associated with this ring group.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: 0.0069in medium 0.0069in 0.0069in;  border-style: solid none solid solid;  border-color: rgb(0, 0, 255) -moz-use-text-color rgb(0, 0, 255) rgb(0, 0, 255);  padding: 0in 0.075in;  text-align: center&amp;quot; | &amp;amp;nbsp;Group Number (to dial group)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;  padding-top:0in;  padding-bottom:0in;  padding-left:0.075in;  padding-right:0.075in&amp;quot; | The number dialed to access this ring group. Must be 3 or 4 digits.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: 0.0069in medium 0.0069in 0.0069in;  border-style: solid none solid solid;  border-color: rgb(0, 0, 255) -moz-use-text-color rgb(0, 0, 255) rgb(0, 0, 255);  padding: 0in 0.075in;  text-align: center&amp;quot; | Allow Paging with **+Group Number&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;  padding-top:0in;  padding-bottom:0in;  padding-left:0.075in;  padding-right:0.075in&amp;quot; | If enabled (checked), this will allow '''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;**+ &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;'''group number to page this ring group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: 0.0069in medium 0.0069in 0.0069in;  border-style: solid none solid solid;  border-color: rgb(0, 0, 255) -moz-use-text-color rgb(0, 0, 255) rgb(0, 0, 255);  padding: 0in 0.075in;  text-align: center&amp;quot; | Ring Strategy&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;  padding-top:0in;  padding-bottom:0in;  padding-left:0.075in;  padding-right:0.075in&amp;quot; | This defines how calls are distributed to member extensions. Options are:&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ring All'''Ring all extensions in the group simultaneously&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Round Robin'''Ring extensions consecutively. Delivers a new call to the first person in the group only after the last person in the group has taken a call. If an extension is busy the call will automatically be routed to the next extension in the group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Round Robin (with memory)'''Ring extensions consecutively. Delivers a new call to the first person in the group only after the last person in the group has taken a call. Remembers where the last call was taken and distributes new calls to the next extension in the rotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Least Recent'''Ring extensions in order of which was least recently called by the queue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Fewest Calls'''Ring extension in order of which has the fewest completed calls from the queue&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Random'''Distributes calls randomly to the group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: 0.0069in medium 0.0069in 0.0069in;  border-style: solid none solid solid;  border-color: rgb(0, 0, 255) -moz-use-text-color rgb(0, 0, 255) rgb(0, 0, 255);  padding: 0in 0.075in;  text-align: center&amp;quot; | Failover Destination&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;  padding-top:0in;  padding-bottom:0in;  padding-left:0.075in;  padding-right:0.075in&amp;quot; | This defines where a call will be sent when it goes unanswered for a duration that matches the Timeout for the group.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: 0.0069in medium 0.0069in 0.0069in;  border-style: solid none solid solid;  border-color: rgb(0, 0, 255) -moz-use-text-color rgb(0, 0, 255) rgb(0, 0, 255);  padding: 0in 0.075in;  text-align: center&amp;quot; | Timeout&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;  padding-top:0in;  padding-bottom:0in;  padding-left:0.075in;  padding-right:0.075in&amp;quot; | Defines, in seconds, the total time a call will spend in the ring group before being sent to the Failover Destination&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: 0.0069in medium 0.0069in 0.0069in;  border-style: solid none solid solid;  border-color: rgb(0, 0, 255) -moz-use-text-color rgb(0, 0, 255) rgb(0, 0, 255);  padding: 0in 0.075in;  text-align: center&amp;quot; | Allow Recording&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;  padding-top:0in;  padding-bottom:0in;  padding-left:0.075in;  padding-right:0.075in&amp;quot; | Determines if feature code recording is allowed for calls in this queue.&lt;br /&gt;
If '''YES''' = enables the recording feature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If '''NO''' = disables the recording feature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: 0.0069in medium 0.0069in 0.0069in;  border-style: solid none solid solid;  border-color: rgb(0, 0, 255) -moz-use-text-color rgb(0, 0, 255) rgb(0, 0, 255);  padding: 0in 0.075in;  text-align: center&amp;quot; | Agent Ring Time&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;  padding-top:0in;  padding-bottom:0in;  padding-left:0.075in;  padding-right:0.075in&amp;quot; | Defines, in seconds, how long the queue will ring a particular agent. If using the Ring All strategy, this value should match the Timeout. For other strategies, this should be set to how long an extension should ring before moving on to the next.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: 0.0069in medium 0.0069in 0.0069in;  border-style: solid none solid solid;  border-color: rgb(0, 0, 255) -moz-use-text-color rgb(0, 0, 255) rgb(0, 0, 255);  padding: 0in 0.075in;  text-align: center&amp;quot; | Autofill&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;  padding-top:0in;  padding-bottom:0in;  padding-left:0.075in;  padding-right:0.075in&amp;quot; | &lt;br /&gt;
This deals with how the queue handles multiple concurrent calls. If set to '''NO''' the queue will wait until the first call is answered before ringing phones with the second call. If set to '''YES''' the queue will ring phones for all calls as they come in.&amp;amp;nbsp; Note this setting has a different effect with ring all that may not be desirable.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When autofill is yes and ring strategy is 'ringall' the group will still deliver the calls in the order they are received and in order to prevent calls from being lost by phones that have too few lines for the number of calls in the queue, the group will only deliver a single additional call when Ring In Use is set to yes. If someone who's phone is ringing rejects the call, the group will deliver the next call in line to all members.&amp;amp;nbsp; This means the the rejected call is no longer ringing the member's phone that rejected the call, however it is still ringing all of the other members.&amp;amp;nbsp; At the same time the 2nd call in line comes in and rings everyone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: 0.0069in medium 0.0069in 0.0069in;  border-style: solid none solid solid;  border-color: rgb(0, 0, 255) -moz-use-text-color rgb(0, 0, 255) rgb(0, 0, 255);  padding: 0in 0.075in;  text-align: center&amp;quot; | Ring In use&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;  padding-top:0in;  padding-bottom:0in;  padding-left:0.075in;  padding-right:0.075in&amp;quot; | If '''YES''' = Distribute calls to group members if they are already on a call&lt;br /&gt;
If '''NO''' = Do NOT distribute calls to group members if they are already on a call&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following outlines the steps to add/edit ring group settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''STEPS:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#From the '''Destinations''''''Group''' page, click the '''ADD Group''' button. The '''Edit Ring Group''' page appears.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the '''Name''' field, enter a name for the group.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the '''Group Number''' field, enter a number for the group. This number must be three or four digits in length.&lt;br /&gt;
#Check the '''Allow Paging with &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;**+&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; the Group Number''' to enable the setting.&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the desired '''Ring Strategy''' from the drop-down list.&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the desired '''Failover Destination''' from the list of available options.&lt;br /&gt;
#Enter the time for the '''Timeout''' parameter.&lt;br /&gt;
#Select “'''Yes'''” if you want to enable the '''Allow Recording '''setting. Otherwise, set it to “'''No'''”.&lt;br /&gt;
#Enter the time for the '''Agent Ring Time''' parameter.&lt;br /&gt;
#Select “'''Yes'''” if you want to enable the '''Autofill '''setting. Otherwise, set it to “'''No'''”&lt;br /&gt;
#Select “'''Yes'''” if you want to enable the '''Ring in use '''setting. Otherwise, set it to “'''No'''”&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the button.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the '''Members''' section of the '''Edit Ring Group''' page, select the extension number from the list of extensions that you want to add to the ring group. Click the '''ADD''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
#A second list appears next to the Members list displaying the selected extension. Repeat step 13 until all extensions that you want to add are on the list. Additionally, Shift or Control click functionality works for adding multiple extensions at once.&lt;br /&gt;
#To remove an item from the list of additions, select the extension number then click the '''REMOVE''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
#Define '''Priorities''' for the extensions, if needed. The scale ranges 0 thru 9 (0 is the highest priority).&lt;br /&gt;
#Click button to save the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Apply Changes''' link located at the top right hand corner of the page, to commit the changes to the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Ring Group Advanced Settings ====&lt;br /&gt;
The following table describes the parameters (fields) on the '''Advanced''' '''Settings''' for Ring Groups page and their descriptions and recommended settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;border-spacing:0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;background-color:#b8cce4;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Sections/Fields'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#b8cce4;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Description'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Advanced Ring Group Settings'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Caller Ring Settings =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| Defines what a caller will hear while they are waiting for someone to pick up a call from the call group. Callers can either hear:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ringing'''The phone continues to ring while the caller is waiting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Music on Hold'''The caller hears music while waiting for a group member to pick up the call. The dropdown list displays the MOH playlists that are on the PBX. Select a playlist and it will play the sound files found in the playlist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Queue Dial String =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| '''OBSOLETE'''and will be removed in a future release.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Ring Tone =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| When '''Caller Ring Settings''' are set to Ringing, use this to define the ring cadence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Custom Caller ID Settings'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Use =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| Defines what method, if any, you wish to use to override Inbound CID. The options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
System Default, Name, Number, Name and Number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Name =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| This is the name of the caller that will be displayed when a call is received.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Number =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| This is the number of the caller that will be displayed when a call is received.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Prepend =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| Selecting Prepend will enter the text you put in the field, followed by the original CID. If not prepending, the override eliminates the original information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
==== Edit Advanced Ring Group Settings ====&lt;br /&gt;
'''STEPS:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Select '''DestinationsGroups'''. The '''Ring Groups''' page appears.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the Ring Group you want to edit by either select the icon to the right of the group name or click on the blue Group Name link.&lt;br /&gt;
# The '''Edit Ring Group''' page appears. Scroll down the page and click on the '''Advanced''' link. The '''Advanced Ring Group Settings''' section is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Make the necessary changes to the settings then click button to save the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the '''Apply Changes''' link located at the top right hand corner of the page, to commit the changes to the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Edit Custom Caller ID Settings ====&lt;br /&gt;
'''STEPS:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Select '''DestinationsGroups'''. The '''Ring Groups''' page appears.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the Ring Group you want to edit by either select the icon to the right of the group name or click on the blue Group Name link.&lt;br /&gt;
# The '''Edit Ring Group''' page appears. Scroll down the page and click on the '''Advanced''' link. '''The Custom Caller ID''' section is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Make the necessary changes to the settings then click button to save the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the '''Apply Changes''' link located at the top right hand corner of the page, to commit the changes to the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Edit Members/Agents ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;border-spacing:0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#b8cce4;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Sections/Fields'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#b8cce4;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Description'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Members =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| This is the list of available extensions that are in the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Agents =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| This is the list of available agents that are in the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Priority =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| This field allows you to set the priority level for the members or agents. The lower the number, the higher the priority.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== ADD =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| This button will add the select item on the list to the right of the available members or agents. Shift and Control click functionality works for adding more than one at a time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== REMOVE =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| This button will remove the item(s) that have been selected from the list of available members or agents. Shift and Control click functionality works for adding more than one at a time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add Agents/Members to the Group ====&lt;br /&gt;
'''STEPS:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Navigate to the '''DestinationsGroupsEdit Group''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select from the left hand column which agents/members to add to the group.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the '''Add '''button.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click button to save the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the '''Apply Changes''' link located at the top right hand corner of the page, to commit the changes to the database&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Delete Agents/Members from the Group ====&lt;br /&gt;
'''STEPS:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# STEPS: Navigate to the '''Destinations''''''Groups''''''Edit Group '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select from the right hand column which agents/members to remove from the group.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the '''Add '''button.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click button to save the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the '''Apply Changes''' link located at the top right hand corner of the page, to commit the changes to the database&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Automatic Call Distribution ([[ACD]]) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Systems licensed to use [[ACD]] will have access to additional functionality pertaining to Ring Groups. ACD allows for more flexibility and control over the queuing in a Ring Group, as well as allowing the creation of Agents who can be added to the Ring Group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;border-spacing:0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#b8cce4;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Sections/Fields'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#b8cce4;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Description'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | ===== Agent Retry Timer =====&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | This defines, in seconds, how long the queue will wait before attempting to ring an agent again.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | ===== Weight =====&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | The priority of the queue in relation to other queues in the system.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | ===== Wrap-up Time =====&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | This defines, in seconds, how long the queue will wait after an agent has ended a call before flagging then as an active agent ready to accept more calls.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | ===== Autopause =====&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | This will place an agent in a pause state in relation to this queue when they ignore or answer a call. To become an active member of the queue again unpause using the 1* feature code a phone or 1*+agent# for an agent.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | ===== Maximum # of people in queue =====&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | Defines how many callers can join the queue before it is considered full.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | ===== Announce Frequency =====&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | Must be set for Announce Holdtime to function. This pertains to how often the caller will hear the hold time announcement, in seconds&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | ===== Periodic Announce Frequency =====&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | This defines how much time passes between playing the recording that was set for this queue under Periodic Announcement.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | ===== Announce Holdtime =====&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | If set to '''YES''' this will announce a caller’s status in the queue with regards to their expected hold time, pending the hold time is estimated to be over 1 minute. If the hold time is less than one minute, this will announce the caller’s position in the queue. A period of time is needed for the algorithm to ‘learn’ and estimate hold times accurately. This message will not play for the first caller in the queue. Caller Ring Settings must be set to a MOH file in order for this message to play.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | ===== Join Empty Queue =====&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | Controls if a caller can join a queue.&lt;br /&gt;
'''YES''' = Callers can join the queue with no members or whose members are busy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NO''' = Callers can only join the queue with active, non-busy members.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''STRICT''' = Callers can join the queue as long as there are active members, be they available or busy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | ===== Leave Empty Queue =====&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | Controls if a caller will leave an empty queue.&lt;br /&gt;
'''YES''' = Callers will leave the queue if there are no active members, or all members are busy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NO''' = Callers will not leave the queue even if there are no active members, or all members are busy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''STRICT''' = Callers will leave the queue if there are no active members, but will remain in the queue if all members are busy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | ===== Report Hold Time =====&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | Set to '''YES''' if you want the person answering the queue call to hear a message indicating how long the call they just answered was in the queue&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | ===== Member Delay before connect =====&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | Delay, in seconds, before a member is connected to the queue.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | ===== Timeout Restart =====&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | If set to '''YES''' the ring group timeout will reset after attempting to ring an agent/member. When set to '''NO''', time taken to ring an agent/member will be subtracted from the ring group time, and when the timer ends the group will send the caller to the Failover Destination&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | ===== Service Level =====&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | Set this to the time, in seconds, that defines the acceptable level of service for the queue. The Live Queue Data page will track the percentage of calls answered within the allotted time.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | ===== Exit Status: FULL =====&lt;br /&gt;
===== Exit Status: JOINEMPTY =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Exit Status: LEAVEEMPTY =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Exit Status: JOINUNAVAIL =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Exit Status: LEAVEUNAVAIL =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | These are the destinations where calls will go based on the exit strategy defined. If no one in the group accepts the call this is the destination to which the call will be sent. Destinations can be extensions, other ring groups, a menu or a voicemail box.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | ===== Intro Announcement =====&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | Define what prompt to play to the caller just before they enter the queue. (Previously “Announce Filename”)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | ===== Agent Announcement =====&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | Defines what prompt to play to the agent/member who answers the queue call. This setting is set per Queue and therefore can be used to identify what Queue is being answered (for agents handling calls from multiple Queues.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | ===== Periodic Announcement =====&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | Defines what prompt to play to the caller at the Periodic Announce frequency interval. This will not play for the caller in the first position of the queue. Caller Ring Settings must be set to a MOH file in order for this message to play.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | ===== Exit Menu =====&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | Set this to a menu. Key presses while in this group will send people the corresponding destination from that menu.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Table 39Edit Ring Group ACD Agents Settings and Descriptions''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Edit Automatic Call Distribution (ACD) Settings ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''STEPS:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#From the '''Destinations''''''GroupsEdit Group '''page, scroll to the '''ACD Settings''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
#Make the necessary updates to the ACD settings.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click button to save the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Apply Changes''' link located at the top right hand corner of the page, to commit the changes to the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add Automatic Call Distribution (ACD) Agents ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;border-spacing:0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#b8cce4;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Sections/Fields'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#b8cce4;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Description'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | ===== Name =====&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | Enter a name that will identify this agent.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | ===== ID =====&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | Enter a unique 3-4 digit number to identify this agent. This number is used to log in/out.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | ===== PIN =====&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | Enter a minimum of 4 digits for the PIN. This is the password used to log in/out with the agent.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Table 40Add/Edit Agent Features and Descriptions''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;'''STEPS:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#From the '''Destinations''''''GroupsEdit Group '''page, scroll to the '''ACD Settings''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the blue '''Agents''' link to the right of the words '''ACD Settings'''. The Agents page appears.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the '''ADD''' button to add a new agent. A box with the name, ID and PIN field appears. Enter the information for the new agent.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click button to save the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Apply Changes''' link located at the top right hand corner of the page, to commit the changes to the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Edit Automatic Call Distribution (ACD) Agent ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''STEPS:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#From the '''Destinations''' '''Groups Edit Group '''page, scroll to the '''ACD Settings''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the blue '''Agents''' link to the right of the words '''ACD Settings'''. The '''Agents''' page appears.&lt;br /&gt;
#Update the necessary information for agent(s) then click the '''SAVE CHANGES''' button. The changes that you made will appear in the updated list.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Apply Changes''' link located at the top right hand corner of the page, to commit the changes to the database&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Delete Automatic Call Distribution (ACD) Agent ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''STEPS:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#From the '''Destinations''''''GroupsEdit Group '''page, scroll to the '''ACD Settings''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the blue '''Agents''' link to the right of the words '''ACD Settings'''. The '''Agents''' page appears.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the list of existing agents, click on the box (placing a checkmark) to the left of the Agent(s) that you want to delete. Click the '''DELETE SELECTED''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
#The agent selected is removed from the list.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click button to save the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Apply Changes''' link located at the top right hand corner of the page, to commit the changes to the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Multicast Paging Group ===&lt;br /&gt;
A Multicast Paging Group provides a way to page a large number of phones, while keeping the burden on the network and PBX to a minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE: IPitomy recommends using multicast paging for groups of 10 or more phones that are paged frequently.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following table describes the fields (parameters) on the Multicast Edit Paging Group window and the recommended settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;border-spacing:0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#b8cce4;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Sections/Fields'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#b8cce4;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Description'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Name =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| This is a name of the multicast paging group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Local Number =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| This is the number that will be dialed to launch the multicast paging to the defined group. This is the unique 3-4 digit number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Multicast Address =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| This should be a valid multicast IP for a Multicast Address&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ftn1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;224.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255, with many addresses reserved.&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. We recommend '''225.5.5.5'''. You can use the same IP for each group, so long as you assign them different ports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Multicast Port =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| This must be a valid, unused port Multicast Port. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE: This must be a port below 6535.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Time to Live =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| Time to Live is a counter that decreases by 1 each time a packet passes through a router. When the counter reaches 0, the packet is considered dead and will not pass to any other networks. This can be left blank or configured as needed for your particular install.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE: Leaving it blank the packet will not pass to another network.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Members =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| The Members section allows you to add the extensions to be paged within the group when a page is sent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Add/Remove =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| The Add and Remove button allows you to add or remove members (extensions) from the paging group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Create/Update =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| Depending on the process that is being performed, this button will appear (be labeled) as either Create or Update. This will create a new member or process the changes made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Close Window =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| This link will close the Edit Page Group window and return you to the Ring Groups page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The following section outlines the steps to add a new Multicast Paging Group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add Multicast Paging Group ====&lt;br /&gt;
'''STEPS:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Navigate to the '''Destinations''''''Group '''page&lt;br /&gt;
# Locate to the '''Multicast Paging Groups''' section (at the bottom of the page).&lt;br /&gt;
# Click on the '''Add Groups '''button. The '''Edit Page Group''' page appears.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the necessary information for the new paging group.&lt;br /&gt;
# From the '''Members''' section of the '''Edit Page Group''' window, select the members (extensions) that you want to include in the paging group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the CTRL or SHIFT button to select multiple or a range of extensions from the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Click on the '''ADD''' button to add the selected members to the group.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the '''CREATE''' button to save the changes. The “Group Created” message appears. Close the window (click on the “X”). The system returns you to the '''Ring Groups''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the '''Apply Changes''' link located at the top right hand corner of the page, to commit the changes to the database&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Re-boot''' the phones that correspond to extensions that were added to the '''Multicast Paging Group'''. Once all the phones have been re-booted, you will be able to utilize this feature by simply dialing the Local Number that was just created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Edit Multicast Paging Group ====&lt;br /&gt;
'''STEPS:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Navigate to the '''Destinations''''''Group '''page&lt;br /&gt;
# Locate the '''Multicast Paging Groups''' section (at the bottom of the page).&lt;br /&gt;
# Click on icon to the right of the '''Name '''of the paging group you want to update. The '''Edit Page Group''' page appears.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the necessary information for the paging group.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the '''UPDATE''' button to save the changes. Close the window (click on the “X”). The system returns you to the '''Ring Groups''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the '''Apply Changes''' link located at the top right hand corner of the page, to commit the changes to the database&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Re-boot''' the phones for all the extensions that were involved in the Multicast Paging Group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Delete Multicast Paging Group ====&lt;br /&gt;
'''STEPS:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Navigate to the '''Destinations''''''Group '''page&lt;br /&gt;
# Locate the '''Multicast Paging Groups''' section (at the bottom of the page).&lt;br /&gt;
# Click on icon to the right of the '''Name '''of the paging group you want to delete. The group is removed from the '''Multicast Paging Group''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the '''Apply Changes''' link located at the top right hand corner of the page, to commit the changes to the database&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Re-boot''' the phones for all the extensions that were involved in the Multicast Paging Group which was deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Live Queue Data ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Live Queue Data page displays current call statistics for ACD queues. The page will refresh every 10 seconds, allowing a manager to monitor the activity in the queue as it happens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;border-spacing:0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#b8cce4;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Sections/Fields'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#b8cce4;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Description'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== &amp;lt;queue selection box&amp;gt; =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| In the queue selection box the Queue or Queues to be displayed can be selected. Use the Control key (Command on Mac) to select multiple queues for display.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== &amp;lt;queue statistics box&amp;gt; =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| The Queue Statistics box has been reformatted in SW release 3.4.1 to allow its use on call center wall boards (large PC displays).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each queue is encapsulated with a thin-line box. Queue statistics are color-coded for quick orientation on wall boards. Since this data is presented in GUI format it can be easily resized to accommodate large displays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The top line of the queue display presents the Queue Name and the date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Statistics are a running total and will reset to zero whenever Apply Changes is clicked (as is the case of the screen capture above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Time in Q =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| This is the average time that callers have waited in queue before being answered by a queue member/agent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Calls in Q =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| This is the number of calls that are waiting in the queue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Answered =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| This is the number of calls answered by members/agent of this queue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Abandoned =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| This is the number of calls that have not been answered and the caller abandoned the queue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Target Time =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| Displays the service level set for this ACD queue. The Service Level is the arbitrary time allocated by the queue administrator which is set as a gauge by which all calls should be answered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== % in Target =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| This is the percentage of answered calls measured against the service level. (The percentage of calls being answered within the set Target Time.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== &amp;lt;Member/Agent field&amp;gt; =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| At the right side of the Queue Statistics box the agents and queue members are listed. There are two maximum columns and the window will resize to accommodate all members and agents registered to this queue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Member/Agent status is available at a glance with color-codes as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;border-spacing:0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#c00000;border:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Red'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;=&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| In Use&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#006600;border:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Green'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;=&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| Idle (Logged In)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffff00;border:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Yellow'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;=&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| Ringing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#7f7f7f;border:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Gray'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;=&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| Unavailable (Not Logged In)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#e36c0a;border:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Orange'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;=&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| Paused&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Also in the Member/Agent data are two numeral fields. The first number represents the Priority of this Member/Agent in this queue. The second number is the total calls taken by this Member/Agent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=== Live Queue Data Wallboard ===&lt;br /&gt;
Software version 3.4.1 and above allows the use of call center wall boards with Live Call Queue. This function is facilitated using a special user name and password via Smart Personal Console.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activate Live Call Queue Wallboard ====&lt;br /&gt;
'''STEPS:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Navigate to the '''PBX Setup''''''General '''page&lt;br /&gt;
# Locate to the '''General Settings''' section (second section from the top).&lt;br /&gt;
# Locate the SPC Reports User Password field (bottom of section)&lt;br /&gt;
# It may be helpful to change this to a user-friendly password. If you change the password be sure to and .&lt;br /&gt;
# Make a note of this password.&lt;br /&gt;
# On the PC that will be used for the wallboard display, open a web browser and navigate to the IPitomy PBX login screen&lt;br /&gt;
# Using the right sideSmart Personal Console (User Login) input the word “reports” as the user name and the password saved in step 3.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click on .&lt;br /&gt;
# The CDR-Report page is opened. On this page is a button to select Live Queue.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click on .&lt;br /&gt;
# The same display presented in PBX Administration is displayed. Simply select the group or groups that you wish to display on the wallboard.&lt;br /&gt;
# Size this web page data output for the monitor in use by pressing and holding the Cntrl key (PC, Command key on Mac) and press “+” or “-“ until the data is sized as you wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=ACD&amp;diff=1323</id>
		<title>ACD</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=ACD&amp;diff=1323"/>
		<updated>2013-04-17T20:17:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= ACD&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ACD is Automatic Call Distribution&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ACD is an optional licensed feature that is added to the IPitomy Ring Group feature. Since Ring Groups are unlimited* (*only limited by numbering plan, 3 and 4 digits in length) you may deploy as many Ring Groups as you wish and therefore utilize as many ACD Groups as you wish when the ACD license is equipped.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ACD's roots are in the [[IP_PBX_Manual_Destinations_Groups|'''Ring Group''']] which can be utilized to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Efficiently handle traffic at one answering position&lt;br /&gt;
#Distribute calls efffectively to a group of system extensions&lt;br /&gt;
#Select Ring Group Ring Strategy&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
#Select a Failover Destinaiton (exit strategy)&lt;br /&gt;
#Caller ID tagging - for Ring Group identity&lt;br /&gt;
#Ring Group specific Music On Hold&lt;br /&gt;
#Member Priority Level&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size: 12px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''ACD''' adds:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size: 12px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Agents (virtual members)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size: 12px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Makes the group a Queue by feature content &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size: 12px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Many additional Data Fields (features) to enhance the handling off callers that enter the Queue&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size: 12px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Intelligent routing of calls to Queues based on priority (called Weight)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size: 12px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Deliver recorded messages to callers waiting in queue&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Advanced handling of calls utilizing Queue status'&lt;br /&gt;
#Queue Alerts to Q Manager&lt;br /&gt;
#Text Message Alerts to Q Manager licensed extensions running Q Manager or other XMPP Chat client&lt;br /&gt;
#Member + Agent Priority Level&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ring Group Parameters&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ring Group ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Name ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Name the group for ease of use. This name is referenced in programming and user interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Group Number ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the directory number associated to this group. It is unique and must not conflict with other PBX-system numbering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Allow Paging ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Selecting &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; will enable all of the Members of this group to receive page announcements (one-way, voice announced)&amp;amp;nbsp;when the code &amp;quot;**&amp;quot; is dialed as a prepend to the group number. Consider using Multicast Paging (available on all IPitomy model telephones) as a more effecient alternative to minimize network traffic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Ring Strategy ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This setting determines how Agents/Members receive incoming call traffic to this group. The following choices are available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Ring All - All Agents and Members will ring with each call that enters the Call Group (Queue)&lt;br /&gt;
*Round Robin - This is a top-down approach to ringing Agents and Members of a Call Group (Queue). Each call entering the queue will begin ringing at the same Agent/Member and progress in the same hierarchy through the list of Agents/Members until; answered, Agent Ring Time expires, or Timeout expires.&lt;br /&gt;
*Least Recent - Calls entering the queue will ring at that Agent/Member for whom the most time has lapsed since the previous call.&lt;br /&gt;
*Fewest Calls - Calls entering the queue will ring that Agent/Member which has taken fewer calls than all others.&lt;br /&gt;
*Random - Calls entering the queue ring at Agents/Members in random order.&lt;br /&gt;
*Round Robin with Memory - The same hierarchical method used in Round Robin applies with the added function returning to the sequence from the previous ringing Agent/Member.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Failover Destination ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter into this data field the destination for callers whose time in the queue has exceeded the maximum time desired for those waiting in this queue. (&amp;quot;Timeout&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The possible Destinations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Extensions - Any PBX Extension&lt;br /&gt;
*Ring groups - Any PBX Ring Group&lt;br /&gt;
*Page groups - Any PBX Page Group&lt;br /&gt;
*Menus - Any PBX Menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Conferences - Any PBX Conference (Conference Rooms)&lt;br /&gt;
*Voicemail - Any PBX Voicemail Box&lt;br /&gt;
*Schedules - Any PBX Schedule&lt;br /&gt;
*Branch Office Extensions - Any defined extension of a PBX-defined Branch Office&lt;br /&gt;
*Follow Me - This allows you to route a caller to a predefined Follow-Me Forward destination&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;When a destination is selected additional options may be available.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Timeout ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the time (in seconds) that calls will remain in this queue before being routed to the Failover Destination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Allow Recording ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set this to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; to allow calls in this queue to be recorded&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Agent /Member Ring Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the time (in seconds) that determines how long a call will ring at any one Member/Agent before moving to the next available Member/Agent. This settings applies to all Ring Strategies except Ring All. The settings in Retry Timer may impact this setting since the Agent/Member Ring Time cannot begin again until the Retry Timer has expired should that function occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== AutoFill ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Auto Fill allows the stacking of calls in a queue. It determines if new calls into a queue are allowed to enter the queue while the queue is currently occupied with previous callers. Multiple calls will be delivered more quickly if some members are unavailable or busy. It is recommended that you set this to Off for ring all groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Ring In Use ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This setting determines if a Member or Agent can receive new ringing from callers entering the queue while they are busy on a previous call.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is often set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; for the Ring All Ring Strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is often set to &amp;quot;No&amp;quot; for the Round Robin Ring Strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Retry Timer ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When an group memeber or agent has not answered a ringing queued call, that call is then moved to other Members/Agents in the Queue to be answered. This timer determines how long the group will wait between attempts to deliver calls. This applies to all ring strategies. Note if &amp;lt;= 0 default of 5 is used. It is recommended that you set this to at least 2 in ring all groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Members ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Members (at the bottom of the page) is where you will assign Extensions of this PBX and Extensions that are Branch Office Extensions assigned in this PBX to the group. A Priority is assigned to each which indicates how it relates to the other group members for call delivery. A Priority of &amp;quot;0&amp;quot; is the highest priority while &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; is the least priority. Calls into this group will be directed to those Members with the highest priority before being directed to those of lesser priority.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Priority ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Priority is assigned to each Member which indicates how it relates to the other group members for call delivery. A Priority of &amp;quot;0&amp;quot; is the highest priority while &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; is the least priority. Calls into this group will be directed to those Members with the highest priority before being directed to those of lesser priority.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ring/Hold Settings ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Caller Hears ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The caller waiting in this Group will hear either Ringing or Music On Hold (as selected in Hold Music)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Override Hold Music ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes or No. A simple term for this feature is Sticky Music On Hold... that is, when &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; the music on hold selection designated for this Ring Group will stay with the call regardless of where it is directed after having been directed to this Ring Group&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Hold Music ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The selection of music from the uploaded Playlists that is to be used for callers that are placed on hold or those waiting to be answered as part of this Ring Group when Caller Hears is set to &amp;quot;Music&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Ring Tone ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are five destinct Ring Tones that can be assigned to a Ring Group used for alerting Members and Agents (ACD option) of calls ringing at their telephone as part of this Ring Group/Queue. Default can be selected if the system default ring tone is desired.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Custom Caller ID ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Custom Caller ID can be assigned to the Ring Group to identify the group to the Members who receive ringing as part of the group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Use ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This setting deterimines if Custom Caller ID will be used for this Ring Group. It is set as either Name, Number or Both. You can prepend or replace then name and/or number that is received from the PSTN with the phrase input here. When prepending it is best to use short abbreviations since many telephones will not display long Caller ID strings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Name ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the character string that will be used to prepend or replace the PSTN CID for calls to this group. (Note: do not use special characters or spaces.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Number ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the numeral string that will be used to prepend or replace the PSTN CID for calls to this group. (Note: do not use special characters or spaces.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ACD Parameters ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== ACD Settings ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Agents ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Agents are assigned is a separate screen - this link takes you to that screen. Agents have similar characteristics as those of Members - they are however virtual meaning that they are not extension specific. An Agent may log in at any PBX extension to take calls for the Queue(s) to which it is assigned. Agents are assigned:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Name =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Agent Name is convenient for reference and will appear of certain reports and in the Q Manager to identify the agent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== ID =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ID is used during login and identifies this agent specific to which ACD Queues it has been assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== PIN =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PIN is the password of this agent ID which allows the agent to login and logout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Weight ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Weight is a relationship setting that allows this queue to be prioritized against other queues. The Weight of a queue can be heavier than that of another queue meaning that Members/Agents who are part of multiple queues will receive ringing calls from the queue with the greatest weight. Weight is referenced by the higher number. That is, a Weight of 99 is greater than a Weight of 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Wrap-Up Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wrap Up Time is that time allowed the agent to conclude comments and regular follow-up of any queue call that is concluded. When the Member/Agent has finished the conversation and disconnected from the call, the Wrap Up Time begins. When this timer expires, this Member/Agent is considered available again for new queue callers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Auto Pause ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Auto Pause places a Member/Agent in a pause state in this queue when they ignore (do not answer) a Queue call. To become an active member of the queue again Un-Pause using the 1* feature code (Members) or 1*+Agent ID# for Agents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Maximum # of people in queue ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Defines how many callers can join the queue before it is considered full.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Announce frequency ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a caller advisory feature. This is associated to &amp;quot;Announce Hold Time&amp;quot;. This timer is set in seconds to determine the interval between the Hold-Time announcement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Periodic Announce Frequency ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a caller advisory feature and is associated to &amp;quot;Periodic Announcement&amp;quot; (a sound file loaded into the PBX MOH folder). This timer is set in seconds to determine the interval at which this file will &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;start&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; to play to callers waiting in queue. (Note: the length of the recording should be less than that of this timer.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size: 12px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;A Periodic Announce file that is longer in duration than this time, will be heard continuously.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Announce Hold Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a caller advisory feature. Announce Hold Time is associated to &amp;quot;Announce Frequency&amp;quot;. Set this to yes to enable the Announce Hold Time feature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Join Empty Queue ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Controls calls entering an empty queue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*YES = Callers can join the queue with no members or whose members are busy.&lt;br /&gt;
*NO = Callers can only join the queue with active, non-busy members. Completely ignores agent and member status, they can be logged out. As long as they exist in the configuration callers can join a queue.&lt;br /&gt;
*STRICT = Callers can join the queue as long as there are active members, be they available or busy. Callers can not join the queue if there are no members or if the members are all busy, paused, or logged off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Leave Empty Queue ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Determines how a call will be handled if while waiting in queue, the queue state becomes &amp;quot;empty&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*YES = Callers will leave the queue if there are no active members, or all members are busy.&lt;br /&gt;
*NO = Callers will not leave the queue even if there are no active members, or all members are busy. Callers do not leave when all agents are logged off.&lt;br /&gt;
*STRICT = Callers will leave the queue if there are no active members, but will remain in the queue if all members are busy. Callers leave the queue when all agents are logged off or paused.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report Hold Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a Member/Agent advisory feature. When set to &amp;quot;YES&amp;quot; the answering Member/Agent will be advised of the length of time this caller was in queue prior to the call being connected to the Member/Agent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Member Delay before connect ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This timer (in seconds) determines how long after logging into a queue a Member/Agent becomes available for queue calls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Timeout Restart ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is associated to Time Out and Failover.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*YES: the ring group Timeout will reset after attempting to ring an agent/member.&lt;br /&gt;
*NO: the time taken to ring an Agent/Member will be subtracted from the ring group Timeout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Service Level ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a performance feature. Set the time (in seconds) in which calls in this queue are desired to be answered. This should be set to an obtainable goal. The statistical data resulting from this entry are displayed in CDR and Live Call Queue monitors. The results are displayed as percent (%) within target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Exit Status: Full ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter into this data field the destination for callers who reach this queue in the &amp;quot;Full&amp;quot; state or for whom the queue goes to the &amp;quot;Full&amp;quot; state while they were waiting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The possible Destinations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Extensions: Any PBX Extension&lt;br /&gt;
*Ring groups: Any PBX Ring Group&lt;br /&gt;
*Page groups: Any PBX Page Group&lt;br /&gt;
*Menus: Any PBX Menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Conferences: Any PBX Conference (Conference Rooms)&lt;br /&gt;
*Voicemail: Any PBX Voicemail Box&lt;br /&gt;
*Schedules: Any PBX Schedule&lt;br /&gt;
*Branch Office Extensions: Any defined extension of a PBX-defined Branch Office&lt;br /&gt;
*Follow Me: This allows you to route a caller to a predefined Follow-Me Forward destination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a destination is selected additional options may be available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Exit Status: Join Empty ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter into this data field the destination for callers who reach this queue in the &amp;quot;Empty&amp;quot; state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The possible Destinations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Extensions: Any PBX Extension&lt;br /&gt;
*Ring groups: Any PBX Ring Group&lt;br /&gt;
*Page groups: Any PBX Page Group&lt;br /&gt;
*Menus: Any PBX Menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Conferences: Any PBX Conference (Conference Rooms)&lt;br /&gt;
*Voicemail: Any PBX Voicemail Box&lt;br /&gt;
*Schedules: Any PBX Schedule&lt;br /&gt;
*Branch Office Extensions: Any defined extension of a PBX-defined Branch Office&lt;br /&gt;
*Follow Me: This allows you to route a caller to a predefined Follow-Me Forward destination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a destination is selected additional options may be available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Exit Status: leave Empty ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter into this data field the destination for callers for whom the queue goes to the &amp;quot;Empty&amp;quot; state while they were waiting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The possible Destinations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Extensions: Any PBX Extension&lt;br /&gt;
*Ring groups: Any PBX Ring Group&lt;br /&gt;
*Page groups: Any PBX Page Group&lt;br /&gt;
*Menus: Any PBX Menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Conferences: Any PBX Conference (Conference Rooms)&lt;br /&gt;
*Voicemail: Any PBX Voicemail Box&lt;br /&gt;
*Schedules: Any PBX Schedule&lt;br /&gt;
*Branch Office Extensions: Any defined extension of a PBX-defined Branch Office&lt;br /&gt;
*Follow Me: This allows you to route a caller to a predefined Follow-Me Forward destination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a destination is selected additional options may be available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Exit Status: Join Unavailable ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter into this data field the destination for callers who reach this queue when there are no Members/Agents in the &amp;quot;Available&amp;quot; state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The possible Destinations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Extensions: Any PBX Extension&lt;br /&gt;
*Ring groups: Any PBX Ring Group&lt;br /&gt;
*Page groups: Any PBX Page Group&lt;br /&gt;
*Menus: Any PBX Menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Conferences: Any PBX Conference (Conference Rooms)&lt;br /&gt;
*Voicemail: Any PBX Voicemail Box&lt;br /&gt;
*Schedules: Any PBX Schedule&lt;br /&gt;
*Branch Office Extensions: Any defined extension of a PBX-defined Branch Office&lt;br /&gt;
*Follow Me: This allows you to route a caller to a predefined Follow-Me Forward destination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a destination is selected additional options may be available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Exit Status: Leave Unavailable ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter into this data field the destination for callers waiting in queue when all of the Members/Agents of the queue go to the &amp;quot;Unavailable&amp;quot; state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The possible Destinations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Extensions: Any PBX Extension&lt;br /&gt;
*Ring groups: Any PBX Ring Group&lt;br /&gt;
*Page groups: Any PBX Page Group&lt;br /&gt;
*Menus: Any PBX Menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Conferences: Any PBX Conference (Conference Rooms)&lt;br /&gt;
*Voicemail: Any PBX Voicemail Box&lt;br /&gt;
*Schedules: Any PBX Schedule&lt;br /&gt;
*Branch Office Extensions: Any defined extension of a PBX-defined Branch Office&lt;br /&gt;
*Follow Me: This allows you to route a caller to a predefined Follow-Me Forward destination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a destination is selected additional options may be available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Intro Announcement ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a caller advisory feature. When a sound file has been set in this data field, that sound file will be played to callers prior to them entering this queue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Agent Announcement ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is an Agent/Member advisory feature. When a sound file has been set in this data field, that sound file will be played to the answering Member/Agent prior to the call being connected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Periodic Announcement ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a caller advisory feature. When a sound file has been set in this data field, that sound file will be played to callers waiting in queue. This sound file will be repeated at the intervals set in Periodic Announce Frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Exit Menu ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a caller interactive feature. The Single-digit functions of the Menu programmed here is active while callers are waiting in queue. Callers can then be instructed via Periodic Announcements to take action by dial codes. The Destinations programmed into the associated menu are then processed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q Mananger Alerts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Queues can be set to trigger alerts on the Q Manager application. Alerts are tied to the specific queue settings below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Enable Alerts ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes or No to utilize Queue Alerts to Q Manager&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Alert when Call Exceeding Service Level ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes or No. An Alert is generated when the Service Livel set in &amp;quot;Service Level&amp;quot; is exceeded.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Alert # of calls queued is greater than or equal to... ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set the number of calls that is considered to be the most permissible calls waiting in queue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Alert # of Agents + Members available is less than or equal to... ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set the number of Agents + Members that is considered to be the least permissible available for this queue.&amp;amp;nbsp;(An entry of &amp;quot;-1&amp;quot; disables this alert.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Alert # of Agents + Members online is less than or equal to...&amp;amp;nbsp; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set the number of Agents + Members that is considered to be the least permissible onliine for this queue. (An entry of &amp;quot;-1&amp;quot; disables this alert.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Enable Abandoned Call Text Alert ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes or No... use this to disable a Send Text Message list of destinations temporarily.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Send Text Message to... ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Input the telephone extension number(s) where alert messages should be sent. Multiple destinations are possible... input multiples separating them with a comma. SPACES are not allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Agents ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Agents (at the bottom of the page) is where you will assign previously programmed Agents of this PBX to the queue. A Priority is assigned to each which indicates how it relates to the other group Agents and Members for call delivery. A Priority of &amp;quot;0&amp;quot; is the highest priority while &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; is the least priority. Calls into this queue will be directed to those Agents and Members with the highest priority before being directed to those of lesser priority.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Priority ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Priority is assigned to each Agent and Member which indicates how it relates to the other group Agents and Members for call delivery. A Priority of &amp;quot;0&amp;quot; is the highest priority while &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; is the least priority. Calls into this queue will be directed to those Agents and Members with the highest priority before being directed to those of lesser priority.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=ACD&amp;diff=1322</id>
		<title>ACD</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=ACD&amp;diff=1322"/>
		<updated>2013-04-17T20:15:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= ACD&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ACD is Automatic Call Distribution&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ACD is an optional licensed feature that is added to the IPitomy Ring Group feature. Since Ring Groups are unlimited* (*only limited by numbering plan, 3 and 4 digits in length) you may deploy as many Ring Groups as you wish and therefore utilize as many ACD Groups as you wish when the ACD license is equipped.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ACD's roots are in the '''Ring Group''' which can be utilized to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Efficiently handle traffic at one answering position&lt;br /&gt;
#Distribute calls efffectively to a group of system extensions&lt;br /&gt;
#Select Ring Group Ring Strategy&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
#Select a Failover Destinaiton (exit strategy)&lt;br /&gt;
#Caller ID tagging - for Ring Group identity&lt;br /&gt;
#Ring Group specific Music On Hold&lt;br /&gt;
#Member Priority Level&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size: 12px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''ACD''' adds:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size: 12px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Agents (virtual members)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size: 12px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Makes the group a Queue by feature content &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size: 12px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Many additional Data Fields (features) to enhance the handling off callers that enter the Queue&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size: 12px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Intelligent routing of calls to Queues based on priority (called Weight)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size: 12px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Deliver recorded messages to callers waiting in queue&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Advanced handling of calls utilizing Queue status'&lt;br /&gt;
#Queue Alerts to Q Manager&lt;br /&gt;
#Text Message Alerts to Q Manager licensed extensions running Q Manager or other XMPP Chat client&lt;br /&gt;
#Member + Agent Priority Level&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ring Group Parameters&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ring Group ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Name ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Name the group for ease of use. This name is referenced in programming and user interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Group Number ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the directory number associated to this group. It is unique and must not conflict with other PBX-system numbering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Allow Paging ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Selecting &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; will enable all of the Members of this group to receive page announcements (one-way, voice announced)&amp;amp;nbsp;when the code &amp;quot;**&amp;quot; is dialed as a prepend to the group number. Consider using Multicast Paging (available on all IPitomy model telephones) as a more effecient alternative to minimize network traffic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Ring Strategy ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This setting determines how Agents/Members receive incoming call traffic to this group. The following choices are available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Ring All - All Agents and Members will ring with each call that enters the Call Group (Queue)&lt;br /&gt;
*Round Robin - This is a top-down approach to ringing Agents and Members of a Call Group (Queue). Each call entering the queue will begin ringing at the same Agent/Member and progress in the same hierarchy through the list of Agents/Members until; answered, Agent Ring Time expires, or Timeout expires.&lt;br /&gt;
*Least Recent - Calls entering the queue will ring at that Agent/Member for whom the most time has lapsed since the previous call.&lt;br /&gt;
*Fewest Calls - Calls entering the queue will ring that Agent/Member which has taken fewer calls than all others.&lt;br /&gt;
*Random - Calls entering the queue ring at Agents/Members in random order.&lt;br /&gt;
*Round Robin with Memory - The same hierarchical method used in Round Robin applies with the added function returning to the sequence from the previous ringing Agent/Member.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Failover Destination ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter into this data field the destination for callers whose time in the queue has exceeded the maximum time desired for those waiting in this queue. (&amp;quot;Timeout&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The possible Destinations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Extensions - Any PBX Extension&lt;br /&gt;
*Ring groups - Any PBX Ring Group&lt;br /&gt;
*Page groups - Any PBX Page Group&lt;br /&gt;
*Menus - Any PBX Menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Conferences - Any PBX Conference (Conference Rooms)&lt;br /&gt;
*Voicemail - Any PBX Voicemail Box&lt;br /&gt;
*Schedules - Any PBX Schedule&lt;br /&gt;
*Branch Office Extensions - Any defined extension of a PBX-defined Branch Office&lt;br /&gt;
*Follow Me - This allows you to route a caller to a predefined Follow-Me Forward destination&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;When a destination is selected additional options may be available.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Timeout ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the time (in seconds) that calls will remain in this queue before being routed to the Failover Destination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Allow Recording ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set this to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; to allow calls in this queue to be recorded&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Agent /Member Ring Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the time (in seconds) that determines how long a call will ring at any one Member/Agent before moving to the next available Member/Agent. This settings applies to all Ring Strategies except Ring All. The settings in Retry Timer may impact this setting since the Agent/Member Ring Time cannot begin again until the Retry Timer has expired should that function occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== AutoFill ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Auto Fill allows the stacking of calls in a queue. It determines if new calls into a queue are allowed to enter the queue while the queue is currently occupied with previous callers. Multiple calls will be delivered more quickly if some members are unavailable or busy. It is recommended that you set this to Off for ring all groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Ring In Use ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This setting determines if a Member or Agent can receive new ringing from callers entering the queue while they are busy on a previous call.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is often set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; for the Ring All Ring Strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is often set to &amp;quot;No&amp;quot; for the Round Robin Ring Strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Retry Timer ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When an group memeber or agent has not answered a ringing queued call, that call is then moved to other Members/Agents in the Queue to be answered. This timer determines how long the group will wait between attempts to deliver calls. This applies to all ring strategies. Note if &amp;lt;= 0 default of 5 is used. It is recommended that you set this to at least 2 in ring all groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Members ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Members (at the bottom of the page) is where you will assign Extensions of this PBX and Extensions that are Branch Office Extensions assigned in this PBX to the group. A Priority is assigned to each which indicates how it relates to the other group members for call delivery. A Priority of &amp;quot;0&amp;quot; is the highest priority while &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; is the least priority. Calls into this group will be directed to those Members with the highest priority before being directed to those of lesser priority.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Priority ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Priority is assigned to each Member which indicates how it relates to the other group members for call delivery. A Priority of &amp;quot;0&amp;quot; is the highest priority while &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; is the least priority. Calls into this group will be directed to those Members with the highest priority before being directed to those of lesser priority.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ring/Hold Settings ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Caller Hears ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The caller waiting in this Group will hear either Ringing or Music On Hold (as selected in Hold Music)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Override Hold Music ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes or No. A simple term for this feature is Sticky Music On Hold... that is, when &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; the music on hold selection designated for this Ring Group will stay with the call regardless of where it is directed after having been directed to this Ring Group&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Hold Music ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The selection of music from the uploaded Playlists that is to be used for callers that are placed on hold or those waiting to be answered as part of this Ring Group when Caller Hears is set to &amp;quot;Music&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Ring Tone ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are five destinct Ring Tones that can be assigned to a Ring Group used for alerting Members and Agents (ACD option) of calls ringing at their telephone as part of this Ring Group/Queue. Default can be selected if the system default ring tone is desired.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Custom Caller ID ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Custom Caller ID can be assigned to the Ring Group to identify the group to the Members who receive ringing as part of the group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Use ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This setting deterimines if Custom Caller ID will be used for this Ring Group. It is set as either Name, Number or Both. You can prepend or replace then name and/or number that is received from the PSTN with the phrase input here. When prepending it is best to use short abbreviations since many telephones will not display long Caller ID strings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Name ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the character string that will be used to prepend or replace the PSTN CID for calls to this group. (Note: do not use special characters or spaces.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Number ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the numeral string that will be used to prepend or replace the PSTN CID for calls to this group. (Note: do not use special characters or spaces.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ACD Parameters ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== ACD Settings ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Agents ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Agents are assigned is a separate screen - this link takes you to that screen. Agents have similar characteristics as those of Members - they are however virtual meaning that they are not extension specific. An Agent may log in at any PBX extension to take calls for the Queue(s) to which it is assigned. Agents are assigned:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Name =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Agent Name is convenient for reference and will appear of certain reports and in the Q Manager to identify the agent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== ID =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ID is used during login and identifies this agent specific to which ACD Queues it has been assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== PIN =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PIN is the password of this agent ID which allows the agent to login and logout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Weight ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Weight is a relationship setting that allows this queue to be prioritized against other queues. The Weight of a queue can be heavier than that of another queue meaning that Members/Agents who are part of multiple queues will receive ringing calls from the queue with the greatest weight. Weight is referenced by the higher number. That is, a Weight of 99 is greater than a Weight of 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Wrap-Up Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wrap Up Time is that time allowed the agent to conclude comments and regular follow-up of any queue call that is concluded. When the Member/Agent has finished the conversation and disconnected from the call, the Wrap Up Time begins. When this timer expires, this Member/Agent is considered available again for new queue callers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Auto Pause ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Auto Pause places a Member/Agent in a pause state in this queue when they ignore (do not answer) a Queue call. To become an active member of the queue again Un-Pause using the 1* feature code (Members) or 1*+Agent ID# for Agents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Maximum # of people in queue ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Defines how many callers can join the queue before it is considered full.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Announce frequency ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a caller advisory feature. This is associated to &amp;quot;Announce Hold Time&amp;quot;. This timer is set in seconds to determine the interval between the Hold-Time announcement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Periodic Announce Frequency ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a caller advisory feature and is associated to &amp;quot;Periodic Announcement&amp;quot; (a sound file loaded into the PBX MOH folder). This timer is set in seconds to determine the interval at which this file will &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;start&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; to play to callers waiting in queue. (Note: the length of the recording should be less than that of this timer.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size: 12px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;A Periodic Announce file that is longer in duration than this time, will be heard continuously.)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Announce Hold Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a caller advisory feature. Announce Hold Time is associated to &amp;quot;Announce Frequency&amp;quot;. Set this to yes to enable the Announce Hold Time feature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Join Empty Queue ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Controls calls entering an empty queue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*YES = Callers can join the queue with no members or whose members are busy.&lt;br /&gt;
*NO = Callers can only join the queue with active, non-busy members. Completely ignores agent and member status, they can be logged out. As long as they exist in the configuration callers can join a queue.&lt;br /&gt;
*STRICT = Callers can join the queue as long as there are active members, be they available or busy. Callers can not join the queue if there are no members or if the members are all busy, paused, or logged off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Leave Empty Queue ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Determines how a call will be handled if while waiting in queue, the queue state becomes &amp;quot;empty&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*YES = Callers will leave the queue if there are no active members, or all members are busy.&lt;br /&gt;
*NO = Callers will not leave the queue even if there are no active members, or all members are busy. Callers do not leave when all agents are logged off.&lt;br /&gt;
*STRICT = Callers will leave the queue if there are no active members, but will remain in the queue if all members are busy. Callers leave the queue when all agents are logged off or paused.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report Hold Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a Member/Agent advisory feature. When set to &amp;quot;YES&amp;quot; the answering Member/Agent will be advised of the length of time this caller was in queue prior to the call being connected to the Member/Agent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Member Delay before connect ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This timer (in seconds) determines how long after logging into a queue a Member/Agent becomes available for queue calls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Timeout Restart ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is associated to Time Out and Failover.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*YES: the ring group Timeout will reset after attempting to ring an agent/member.&lt;br /&gt;
*NO: the time taken to ring an Agent/Member will be subtracted from the ring group Timeout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Service Level ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a performance feature. Set the time (in seconds) in which calls in this queue are desired to be answered. This should be set to an obtainable goal. The statistical data resulting from this entry are displayed in CDR and Live Call Queue monitors. The results are displayed as percent (%) within target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Exit Status: Full ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter into this data field the destination for callers who reach this queue in the &amp;quot;Full&amp;quot; state or for whom the queue goes to the &amp;quot;Full&amp;quot; state while they were waiting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The possible Destinations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Extensions: Any PBX Extension&lt;br /&gt;
*Ring groups: Any PBX Ring Group&lt;br /&gt;
*Page groups: Any PBX Page Group&lt;br /&gt;
*Menus: Any PBX Menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Conferences: Any PBX Conference (Conference Rooms)&lt;br /&gt;
*Voicemail: Any PBX Voicemail Box&lt;br /&gt;
*Schedules: Any PBX Schedule&lt;br /&gt;
*Branch Office Extensions: Any defined extension of a PBX-defined Branch Office&lt;br /&gt;
*Follow Me: This allows you to route a caller to a predefined Follow-Me Forward destination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a destination is selected additional options may be available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Exit Status: Join Empty ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter into this data field the destination for callers who reach this queue in the &amp;quot;Empty&amp;quot; state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The possible Destinations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Extensions: Any PBX Extension&lt;br /&gt;
*Ring groups: Any PBX Ring Group&lt;br /&gt;
*Page groups: Any PBX Page Group&lt;br /&gt;
*Menus: Any PBX Menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Conferences: Any PBX Conference (Conference Rooms)&lt;br /&gt;
*Voicemail: Any PBX Voicemail Box&lt;br /&gt;
*Schedules: Any PBX Schedule&lt;br /&gt;
*Branch Office Extensions: Any defined extension of a PBX-defined Branch Office&lt;br /&gt;
*Follow Me: This allows you to route a caller to a predefined Follow-Me Forward destination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a destination is selected additional options may be available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Exit Status: leave Empty ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter into this data field the destination for callers for whom the queue goes to the &amp;quot;Empty&amp;quot; state while they were waiting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The possible Destinations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Extensions: Any PBX Extension&lt;br /&gt;
*Ring groups: Any PBX Ring Group&lt;br /&gt;
*Page groups: Any PBX Page Group&lt;br /&gt;
*Menus: Any PBX Menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Conferences: Any PBX Conference (Conference Rooms)&lt;br /&gt;
*Voicemail: Any PBX Voicemail Box&lt;br /&gt;
*Schedules: Any PBX Schedule&lt;br /&gt;
*Branch Office Extensions: Any defined extension of a PBX-defined Branch Office&lt;br /&gt;
*Follow Me: This allows you to route a caller to a predefined Follow-Me Forward destination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a destination is selected additional options may be available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Exit Status: Join Unavailable ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter into this data field the destination for callers who reach this queue when there are no Members/Agents in the &amp;quot;Available&amp;quot; state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The possible Destinations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Extensions: Any PBX Extension&lt;br /&gt;
*Ring groups: Any PBX Ring Group&lt;br /&gt;
*Page groups: Any PBX Page Group&lt;br /&gt;
*Menus: Any PBX Menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Conferences: Any PBX Conference (Conference Rooms)&lt;br /&gt;
*Voicemail: Any PBX Voicemail Box&lt;br /&gt;
*Schedules: Any PBX Schedule&lt;br /&gt;
*Branch Office Extensions: Any defined extension of a PBX-defined Branch Office&lt;br /&gt;
*Follow Me: This allows you to route a caller to a predefined Follow-Me Forward destination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a destination is selected additional options may be available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Exit Status: Leave Unavailable ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter into this data field the destination for callers waiting in queue when all of the Members/Agents of the queue go to the &amp;quot;Unavailable&amp;quot; state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The possible Destinations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Extensions: Any PBX Extension&lt;br /&gt;
*Ring groups: Any PBX Ring Group&lt;br /&gt;
*Page groups: Any PBX Page Group&lt;br /&gt;
*Menus: Any PBX Menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Conferences: Any PBX Conference (Conference Rooms)&lt;br /&gt;
*Voicemail: Any PBX Voicemail Box&lt;br /&gt;
*Schedules: Any PBX Schedule&lt;br /&gt;
*Branch Office Extensions: Any defined extension of a PBX-defined Branch Office&lt;br /&gt;
*Follow Me: This allows you to route a caller to a predefined Follow-Me Forward destination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a destination is selected additional options may be available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Intro Announcement ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a caller advisory feature. When a sound file has been set in this data field, that sound file will be played to callers prior to them entering this queue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Agent Announcement ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is an Agent/Member advisory feature. When a sound file has been set in this data field, that sound file will be played to the answering Member/Agent prior to the call being connected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Periodic Announcement ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a caller advisory feature. When a sound file has been set in this data field, that sound file will be played to callers waiting in queue. This sound file will be repeated at the intervals set in Periodic Announce Frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Exit Menu ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a caller interactive feature. The Single-digit functions of the Menu programmed here is active while callers are waiting in queue. Callers can then be instructed via Periodic Announcements to take action by dial codes. The Destinations programmed into the associated menu are then processed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q Mananger Alerts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Queues can be set to trigger alerts on the Q Manager application. Alerts are tied to the specific queue settings below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Enable Alerts ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes or No to utilize Queue Alerts to Q Manager&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Alert when Call Exceeding Service Level ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes or No. An Alert is generated when the Service Livel set in &amp;quot;Service Level&amp;quot; is exceeded.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Alert # of calls queued is greater than or equal to... ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set the number of calls that is considered to be the most permissible calls waiting in queue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Alert # of Agents + Members available is less than or equal to... ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set the number of Agents + Members that is considered to be the least permissible available for this queue.&amp;amp;nbsp;(An entry of &amp;quot;-1&amp;quot; disables this alert.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Alert # of Agents + Members online is less than or equal to...&amp;amp;nbsp; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set the number of Agents + Members that is considered to be the least permissible onliine for this queue. (An entry of &amp;quot;-1&amp;quot; disables this alert.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Enable Abandoned Call Text Alert ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes or No... use this to disable a Send Text Message list of destinations temporarily.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Send Text Message to... ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Input the telephone extension number(s) where alert messages should be sent. Multiple destinations are possible... input multiples separating them with a comma. SPACES are not allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Agents ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Agents (at the bottom of the page) is where you will assign previously programmed Agents of this PBX to the queue. A Priority is assigned to each which indicates how it relates to the other group Agents and Members for call delivery. A Priority of &amp;quot;0&amp;quot; is the highest priority while &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; is the least priority. Calls into this queue will be directed to those Agents and Members with the highest priority before being directed to those of lesser priority.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Priority ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Priority is assigned to each Agent and Member which indicates how it relates to the other group Agents and Members for call delivery. A Priority of &amp;quot;0&amp;quot; is the highest priority while &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; is the least priority. Calls into this queue will be directed to those Agents and Members with the highest priority before being directed to those of lesser priority.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=ACD&amp;diff=1321</id>
		<title>ACD</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=ACD&amp;diff=1321"/>
		<updated>2013-04-17T16:28:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: Created page with &amp;quot;== ACD&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ==  ACD is Automatic Call Distribution  ACD is an optional licensed feature that is added to the IPitomy Ring Group feature. Since Ring Groups are unlimited* (*onl...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== ACD&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ACD is Automatic Call Distribution&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ACD is an optional licensed feature that is added to the IPitomy Ring Group feature. Since Ring Groups are unlimited* (*only limited by numbering plan, 3 and 4 digits in length) you may deploy as many Ring Groups as you wish and therefore utilize as many ACD Groups as you wish when the ACD license is equipped.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ACD's roots are in the Ring Group which can be utilized to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Efficiently handle traffic at one answering position&lt;br /&gt;
#Distribute calls efffectively to a group of system extensions&lt;br /&gt;
#Select Ring Group Ring Strategy&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
#Select a Failover Destinaiton (exit strategy)&lt;br /&gt;
#Caller ID tagging - for Ring Group identity&lt;br /&gt;
#Ring Group specific Music On Hold&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size: 12px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;ACD adds:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size: 12px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Agents (virtual members)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size: 12px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size: 12px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Makes the group a Queue by feature content &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size: 12px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Many additional Data Fields (features) to enhance the handling off callers that enter the Queue&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size: 12px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Intelligent routing of calls to Queues based on priority (called Weight)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size: 12px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size: 12px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Deliver recorded messages to callers waiting in queue&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Advanced handling of calls utilizing Queue status'&lt;br /&gt;
#Queue Alerts to Q Manager&lt;br /&gt;
#Text Message Alerts to Q Manager licensed extensions running Q Manager or other XMPP Chat client&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ring Group Parameters&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ring Group ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Name ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Name the group for ease of use. This name is referenced in programming and user interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Group Number ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the directory number associated to this group. It is unique and must not conflict with other PBX-system numbering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Allow Paging ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Selecting &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; will enable all of the Members of this group to receive page announcements (one-way, voice announced)&amp;amp;nbsp;when the code &amp;quot;**&amp;quot; is dialed as a prepend to the group number. Consider using Multicast Paging (available on all IPitomy model telephones) as a more effecient alternative to minimize network traffic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Ring Strategy ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This setting determines how Agents/Members receive incoming call traffic to this group. The following choices are available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Failover Destination ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Timeout ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Allow Recording ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Agent /Member Ring Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== AutoFill ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Ring In Use ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Retry Timer ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ring/Hold Settings ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Caller Hears ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Override Hold Music ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Hold Music ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Ring Tone ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Custom Caller ID ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Use ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Name ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Number ====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Secondary_Server&amp;diff=1311</id>
		<title>Secondary Server</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Secondary_Server&amp;diff=1311"/>
		<updated>2013-04-11T21:24:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Secondary Server =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the event that you are using two servers (one main, one as a backup) and want to program the backup server as part of the phone configuration so that automatic updates (firmware and configuration) will include this information you must modify the PBX Server settings in PBX Setup - Phone Global - HD Phone Configuration Template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PBX Template Changes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Enter into the PBX GUI and navigate to PBX Setup - Phone Global&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click the Edit Current Template button in HD Phone Configuration Template&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Use the bottom-right corner of the window that opens to enlarge the window for better viewing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the template, find the section &amp;quot;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;sipUser&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;quot;. It looks like:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;sipUser RegisterMethod=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; Describe=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; DomainName=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Password=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; ProxyServerAddress=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; SecondProxyServerAddress=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; PollingRegistrationTime=&amp;quot;32&amp;quot; RefreshTime=&amp;quot;3600&amp;quot; SecondDomainName=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; STUNAddress=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; UserName=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; UserNumber=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; flag=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; LinkUse=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; PossessNumber=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; SupportNumber=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; approveName=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; RTPBegin=&amp;quot;10000&amp;quot; RTPEND=&amp;quot;20000&amp;quot; EnableAccount=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; Subscribe=&amp;quot;1800&amp;quot; STUNEnableFlag=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; AccountMode=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; BLAEnableFlag=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; BLANum=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; AnonymousCall=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; UserSessionTimerEnable=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; SessionTimer=&amp;quot;300&amp;quot; AllowEventsEnable=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; DNSSRVEnable=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; RegisteredNAT=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; RingFilename=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; KeepaliveEnable=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; KeepaliveInterval=&amp;quot;30&amp;quot; AnonymousCallReject=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. You must modify &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;id=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;. Note: there are eight possible sipUser definitions in this template. Only the first is necessary for this procedure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Modify the parameter &amp;quot;'''SecondProxyServerAddress'''&amp;quot; by placing between the quotes the server address that is to be the secondary server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
original: '''SecondProxyServerAddress=&amp;quot;&amp;quot;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
modified: '''SecondProxyServerAddress=&amp;quot;'''&amp;amp;lt;IP Address of secondary server&amp;amp;gt;'''&amp;quot;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Also modify the parameter &amp;quot;'''SecondDomainName'''&amp;quot; by placing between the quotes the secondary server address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
original: '''SecondDomainName=&amp;quot;&amp;quot;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
modified: '''SecondDomainName=&amp;quot;'''&amp;amp;lt;IP Address of secondary server&amp;amp;gt;'''&amp;quot;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Click Save (Template editing save)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. Click Save (Phone Global page save)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. Click Apply Changes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The result will be that automatic uploads will retrieve this template information as part of the phone configuration update.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Secondary_Server&amp;diff=1310</id>
		<title>Secondary Server</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Secondary_Server&amp;diff=1310"/>
		<updated>2013-04-11T21:23:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: Created page with &amp;quot;== Secondary Server ==  In the event that you are using two servers (one main, one as a backup) and want to program the backup server as part of the phone configuration so tha...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Secondary Server ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the event that you are using two servers (one main, one as a backup) and want to program the backup server as part of the phone configuration so that automatic updates (firmware and configuration) will include this information you must modify the PBX Server settings in PBX Setup - Phone Global - HD Phone Configuration Template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PBX Template Changes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Enter into the PBX GUI and navigate to PBX Setup - Phone Global&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click the Edit Current Template button in HD Phone Configuration Template&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Use the bottom-right corner of the window that opens to enlarge the window for better viewing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the template, find the section &amp;quot;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;sipUser&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;quot;. It looks like:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;sipUser RegisterMethod=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; id=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; Describe=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; DomainName=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Password=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; ProxyServerAddress=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; SecondProxyServerAddress=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; PollingRegistrationTime=&amp;quot;32&amp;quot; RefreshTime=&amp;quot;3600&amp;quot; SecondDomainName=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; STUNAddress=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; UserName=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; UserNumber=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; flag=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; LinkUse=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; PossessNumber=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; SupportNumber=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; approveName=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; RTPBegin=&amp;quot;10000&amp;quot; RTPEND=&amp;quot;20000&amp;quot; EnableAccount=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; Subscribe=&amp;quot;1800&amp;quot; STUNEnableFlag=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; AccountMode=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; BLAEnableFlag=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; BLANum=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; AnonymousCall=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; UserSessionTimerEnable=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; SessionTimer=&amp;quot;300&amp;quot; AllowEventsEnable=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; DNSSRVEnable=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; RegisteredNAT=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; RingFilename=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; KeepaliveEnable=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; KeepaliveInterval=&amp;quot;30&amp;quot; AnonymousCallReject=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. You must modify &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;id=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;. Note: there are eight possible sipUser definitions in this template. Only the first is necessary for this procedure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Modify the parameter &amp;quot;'''SecondProxyServerAddress'''&amp;quot; by placing between the quotes the server address that is to be the secondary server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
original: '''SecondProxyServerAddress=&amp;quot;&amp;quot;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
modified: '''SecondProxyServerAddress=&amp;quot;'''&amp;amp;lt;IP Address of secondary server&amp;amp;gt;'''&amp;quot;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Also modify the parameter &amp;quot;'''SecondDomainName'''&amp;quot; by placing between the quotes the secondary server address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
original: '''SecondDomainName=&amp;quot;&amp;quot;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
modified: '''SecondDomainName=&amp;quot;'''&amp;amp;lt;IP Address of secondary server&amp;amp;gt;'''&amp;quot;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Click Save (Template editing save)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. Click Save (Phone Global page save)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. Click Apply Changes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The result will be that automatic uploads will retrieve this template information as part of the phone configuration update.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=File:HD_Phone_label_templateSimple.xls&amp;diff=1305</id>
		<title>File:HD Phone label templateSimple.xls</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=File:HD_Phone_label_templateSimple.xls&amp;diff=1305"/>
		<updated>2013-04-04T21:32:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: template for labeling HD phones - simple layout
-&amp;gt; Creation failed: Systemcheck showed missing or incorrect configurated, dependent commands!&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;template for labeling HD phones - simple layout&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Overhead_Paging&amp;diff=1304</id>
		<title>Overhead Paging</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Overhead_Paging&amp;diff=1304"/>
		<updated>2013-03-29T20:59:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;There are three possible methods to integrate overhead paging to the PBX; SIP, FXS, or FXO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Overhead Paging =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Paging Devices ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== IPitomy SIP Paging===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the IPitomy IP220 HD telephone as a paging point of connection. [[file:App Note - IP220 Paging.pdf|IP220 Paging]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SIP ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using a SIP based overhead paging device is the best option as the device registers directly to the PBX as a SIP extension. This allows for the easiest integration as we do not need a gateway between the PBX and the paging device. In order to page, you will dial the SIP extension, and since it is registered as a SIP extension, you are also able to add the overhead to a paging ring group, along with the other extensions on the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We also have guides that go over the configuration of [http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/Valcom/ Valcom] and [http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/Cyberdata/ Cyberdata] SIP based paging devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== FXS ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An FXS paging device requires an FXS gateway ([http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/IPitomy/IPr20/IPr20-Quick_Guide.pdf IPr20], [http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/Linksys/Linksys-PAP2T-QuickGuide.pdf PAP2], [http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/Grandstream/Grandstream%204024%20Quick%20Guide.pdf Grandstream], or [http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php/Cisco_SPA112_FXS_Gateway SPA112]) to integrate as a SIP extension and is the second best option. Again, you would dial the extension to page, or you can add the extension to a ring group and page overhead along with a group of phones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== FXO ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An FXO paging device requires an FXO gateway ([http://www.ipitomy.com/pbx_files/ip400/IP400-Quick_Guide.pdf IP400] or [http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/Grandstream/Tech%20Bulletin%202011-008%20Grandstream%20Configuration%20Guide.pdf Grandstream]) to integrate to the PBX. You then need to create a new [http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/IPitomy/IP1100+/Outbound_Routing_Quick_Guide.pdf Outbound Route] and add the trunk the paging device is connected to so the user can dial and access the overhead. Our experience has shown you want to be sure to strip digits in the trunk otherwise they may hear digits being dialed in the overhead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using an FXO paging device is the least advised method for a few reasons. The main reason is how you make the call. Instead of registering as an extension that can easily be dialed, you have to create an Outbound Route to access the gateway, meaning you cannot create a Ring Group with the paging device and some extensions included. Another reason has been our dealers experience with the FXO paging devices themselves. Sometimes special programming is needed that they are not aware of (eg. requiring an outside power source to give line voltage). It seems historically, the FXO overhead paging devices have been the most problematic so it is our advise to avoid them if possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== FAQ ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Grandstream FXS Paging - Paging System Doesn't disconnect ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Problem: The external paging equipment will answer and broadcast page announcement but when the user hangs up the phone the paging system doesn't disconnect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Solution: The problem is that the Grandstream is set at default for too short a duration of loop current interruption. The paging equipment doesn't recognize the short interruption as a valid disconnect and therefore remains connected - even though the connection has been terminated between the phone and the Grandsream. The solution is to increase the loop current interruption time&amp;amp;nbsp;so that the paging equipment will detect the on-hook condition and disconnect. Grandstream sets this value at 200ms at default. We suggest changing it to 1000ms (1s) or greater.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Navigate to the Grandstream GUI PROFILE page (usually Profile 1).&lt;br /&gt;
#Locate the datafield &amp;quot;Loop Current Disconnect&amp;quot; and set it to YES.&lt;br /&gt;
#Locate the datafield &amp;quot;Loop Current Disconnect Duration&amp;quot; and set it to: 1000.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Overhead_Paging&amp;diff=1303</id>
		<title>Overhead Paging</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Overhead_Paging&amp;diff=1303"/>
		<updated>2013-03-29T20:57:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;There are three possible methods to integrate overhead paging to the PBX; SIP, FXS, or FXO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Overhead Paging =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Paging Devices ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SIP ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using a SIP based overhead paging device is the best option as the device registers directly to the PBX as a SIP extension. This allows for the easiest integration as we do not need a gateway between the PBX and the paging device. In order to page, you will dial the SIP extension, and since it is registered as a SIP extension, you are also able to add the overhead to a paging ring group, along with the other extensions on the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have a guide that allows you to use the IPitomy IP220 HD telephone as a paging point of connection. [[App_Note_-_IP220_Paging.pdf|IP220 Paging]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We also have guides that go over the configuration of [http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/Valcom/ Valcom] and [http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/Cyberdata/ Cyberdata] SIP based paging devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== FXS ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An FXS paging device requires an FXS gateway ([http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/IPitomy/IPr20/IPr20-Quick_Guide.pdf IPr20], [http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/Linksys/Linksys-PAP2T-QuickGuide.pdf PAP2], [http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/Grandstream/Grandstream%204024%20Quick%20Guide.pdf Grandstream], or [http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php/Cisco_SPA112_FXS_Gateway SPA112]) to integrate as a SIP extension and is the second best option. Again, you would dial the extension to page, or you can add the extension to a ring group and page overhead along with a group of phones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== FXO ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An FXO paging device requires an FXO gateway ([http://www.ipitomy.com/pbx_files/ip400/IP400-Quick_Guide.pdf IP400] or [http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/Grandstream/Tech%20Bulletin%202011-008%20Grandstream%20Configuration%20Guide.pdf Grandstream]) to integrate to the PBX. You then need to create a new [http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/IPitomy/IP1100+/Outbound_Routing_Quick_Guide.pdf Outbound Route] and add the trunk the paging device is connected to so the user can dial and access the overhead. Our experience has shown you want to be sure to strip digits in the trunk otherwise they may hear digits being dialed in the overhead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using an FXO paging device is the least advised method for a few reasons. The main reason is how you make the call. Instead of registering as an extension that can easily be dialed, you have to create an Outbound Route to access the gateway, meaning you cannot create a Ring Group with the paging device and some extensions included. Another reason has been our dealers experience with the FXO paging devices themselves. Sometimes special programming is needed that they are not aware of (eg. requiring an outside power source to give line voltage). It seems historically, the FXO overhead paging devices have been the most problematic so it is our advise to avoid them if possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== FAQ ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Grandstream FXS Paging - Paging System Doesn't disconnect ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Problem: The external paging equipment will answer and broadcast page announcement but when the user hangs up the phone the paging system doesn't disconnect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Solution: The problem is that the Grandstream is set at default for too short a duration of loop current interruption. The paging equipment doesn't recognize the short interruption as a valid disconnect and therefore remains connected - even though the connection has been terminated between the phone and the Grandsream. The solution is to increase the loop current interruption time&amp;amp;nbsp;so that the paging equipment will detect the on-hook condition and disconnect. Grandstream sets this value at 200ms at default. We suggest changing it to 1000ms (1s) or greater.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Navigate to the Grandstream GUI PROFILE page (usually Profile 1).&lt;br /&gt;
#Locate the datafield &amp;quot;Loop Current Disconnect&amp;quot; and set it to YES.&lt;br /&gt;
#Locate the datafield &amp;quot;Loop Current Disconnect Duration&amp;quot; and set it to: 1000.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=File:App_Note_-_IP220_Paging.pdf&amp;diff=1302</id>
		<title>File:App Note - IP220 Paging.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=File:App_Note_-_IP220_Paging.pdf&amp;diff=1302"/>
		<updated>2013-03-29T20:54:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: Easy application for SIP paging interface
-&amp;gt; Creation failed: Systemcheck showed missing or incorrect configurated, dependent commands!&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Easy application for SIP paging interface&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=File:StringsWITHOUTvoice.mp3&amp;diff=1301</id>
		<title>File:StringsWITHOUTvoice.mp3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=File:StringsWITHOUTvoice.mp3&amp;diff=1301"/>
		<updated>2013-03-28T18:03:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: Music File for On Hold
-&amp;gt; Creation failed: Systemcheck showed missing or incorrect configurated, dependent commands!&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Music File for On Hold&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1300</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1300"/>
		<updated>2013-03-28T17:50:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: /* Welcome to the IPitomy Wiki */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTITLE__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Welcome to the IPitomy Wiki&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;If you would like to have a topic added to this wiki, please [[http://ticket.ipitomy.com/ open a ticket in our ticket system]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Products&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[IP PBX IMM|IPitomy PBXPlus Administration Guide]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**[http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/PBXPlus_Manual:_Music_File_Format Prompts and Music on Hold File Formats]&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[IP PBX Manual System Admin PBXSetup Feature Codes|Feature Codes]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[IP PBX Manual Branch Offices|Branch Office]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Troubleshooting]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**[[IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes|&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Release Notes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[HD Phones]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[HD Phones#Phone Configuration|Phone Configuration]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[HD Phones#Upload Custom Ring Tones|Upload Custom Ring Tones]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[HD Phones#Static IP vs DHCP|Static IP vs DHCP]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**[[HD Phone Firmware Release Notes|&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Release Notes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://www.ipitomy.com/index.php/support-center-q-manager Q Manager]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Q Manager Icons|Q Manager Icons]]&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Q Manager Release Notes|&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Release Notes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Useful Links and Information:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[IPitomy PBX Tips|IPitomy PBX Tips]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Multitech Fax Finder]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Outlook Dialer]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[QOS Setup Guide]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Router Info]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Router Bypass|Router Bypass]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Cisco SPA112 FXS Gateway]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Overhead Paging]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Chat Client for Android Phones]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[:Category:PBX Manual|List of Manual Pages]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Other useful links:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://www.ipitomy.com/ IPitomy Communications Website]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://www.ipitomy.com/pbx_files/ Support Site]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/ Documentation Index]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://forum.ipitomy.com/ IPitomy Forums]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Qmanager&amp;diff=1293</id>
		<title>Qmanager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Qmanager&amp;diff=1293"/>
		<updated>2013-03-20T18:41:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ArDyehd6dXI&amp;amp;feature=youtu.be QManager User Guide]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Queue Manager User Guide - click the link for the video User Guide&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=PBX_Manual:_Conference:_Edit_Conference&amp;diff=1280</id>
		<title>PBX Manual: Conference: Edit Conference</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=PBX_Manual:_Conference:_Edit_Conference&amp;diff=1280"/>
		<updated>2013-03-14T15:05:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| width=&amp;quot;837&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=&amp;quot;TOP&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;145&amp;quot; bgcolor=&amp;quot;#b8cce4&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sections/Fields'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;651&amp;quot; bgcolor=&amp;quot;#b8cce4&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;145&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Name&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;651&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Enter a name to distinguish this conference from others.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;145&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Conference Number&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;651&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Enter a unique 3-4 digits number for the conference.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;145&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Intro Prompt&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;651&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
If desired, a Prompt file can be played when entering the conference.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;145&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Admin PIN&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;651&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Administrator personal identification number (PIN). This is a '''3-4 character numeric '''field.&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Both General PIN and Admin PIN must be entered to utilize Admin PIN&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;145&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
General PIN&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;651&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
This is the User personal identification number (PIN). This is a '''3-4 character numeric '''field.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;145&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Announce on Enter&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;651&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
If Enabled (checked), this prompts the user to record their name before entering the conference.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;145&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Enter Muted&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;651&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
If Enabled (checked), users enter the conference in muted mode. The user can dial *1 to un-mute the themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;145&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Optimize Talker Detection&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;651&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
If the DCM speech detection is triggering when no one is talking you can check this box to lessen the effect of background noise.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_General&amp;diff=1275</id>
		<title>IP PBX Manual PBXSetup General</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_General&amp;diff=1275"/>
		<updated>2013-03-11T15:12:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: /* Admin Settings Section */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTITLE__&lt;br /&gt;
{{IP_PBX_Manual|sortkey=General}}&lt;br /&gt;
= PBX Setup =&lt;br /&gt;
PBX setup is used by a System Administrator to manage system-specific and system-wide settings. Typically these pages will be visited once during installation, and then won’t be changed in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General System Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
While not visited often, the General settings page pertains to some core PBX components, like administrator Username and Password, Time Settings, System Operator, Mailbox Exit Destination, Directory Type, '''Autoprovisioning''', and Security Settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Admin Settings Section ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;border-spacing:0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#b8cce4;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Sections/Fields'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#b8cce4;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Description'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | Admin User Name&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | The administrator user name for the PBX system, default is '''pbxadmin'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | Admin Password&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | The administrator password for the PBX system, default is '''ipitomy'''. Once installed, we recommend you change this to a strong password.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | Re-type Admin Password&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | This requires that you re-enter the password to confirm that they match.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | Admin Email Address&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot; | This is the email address where administrative alerts will be sent. Email Alerts are triggered when IP Addresses have been Banned as part of the Log, Watch and Ban feature.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Edit Admin Settings ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''STEPS:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#From the '''PBX Setup''''''General System Setup '''page, locate the '''Admin Settings '''section.&lt;br /&gt;
#Enter the administrative information required.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the button to save the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Apply Changes''' link located at the top right hand corner of the page, to commit the changes to the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== General Settings Section ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;border-spacing:0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#b8cce4;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Sections/Fields'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#b8cce4;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Description'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== System Operator =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| This is the default destination that callers will go to when pressing '''‘0’''' while in a voicemail box, if Allow Operator is enabled on the voicemail box. Additionally, if an extension dials zero, this will be where they are directed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Mailbox Exit Destination =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| This is the default destination for a caller if they press '''‘#‘'''after leaving a voicemail message. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Directory Type =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| This determines if the name directory search will use the first or last name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Cascading Voicemail Notification Interval =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| This is the frequency with which the PBX will check and send out cascading message notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Default Class of Service =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| Defines what COS each newly created extension will use unless it is changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Branch Class of Service =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| This is the default COS for a Branch Office using Branch Office Trunking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Internal Distinctive Ring =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| This is the type of ring that will be used for internal calls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== 5xi Paging Fix =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| Enabled (set to YES) this parameter only if IPitomy’s technical support personnel advises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Park Timeout =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| This is how long the PBX will wait before timing out to an extension that has a parked call, which if unanswered will failover to the System Operator. Default value is '''180''' seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Feature Digit Timeout =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| This is the timeout parameter for the feature code digit press attempts (in milliseconds). Default value is '''3000'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Transfer Digit Timeout =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| This is the timeout parameter for inter-digit timing on feature code based transfers. Default value is '''5'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Extension FAX Detect Timer =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| This is how long, in seconds, the PBX will detect to see if a call ringing to an extension is a fax. The setting is enabled under extension settings. Default value is '''4.5'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Auto-Provisioning =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| While auto-provisioning is Running, users may use the phone-based auto-provisioning mechanism in IPitomy phones to assign or create extensions. Click on to start, and Off to stop the service. This does not require saving or applying changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
==== Edit General PBX Settings ====&lt;br /&gt;
'''STEPS:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# From the '''PBX Setup'''''' General System Setup '''page, locate the '''General Settings '''section.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the information required for the '''PBX Security''' settings&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the button to save the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the '''Apply Changes''' link located at the top right hand corner of the page, to commit the changes to the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Security Settings Section ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Log Watch/Ban Service ====&lt;br /&gt;
This feature allows the PBX to monitor the SIP registration traffic and ban any IP address that makes 5 failed registration attempts. The IP address will be banned for either 5 days or until the service is restarted. Configuration settings allow you to ignore (not monitor) IP addresses that are communicating from the LocalNet, as well as allowing you to manually add addresses you want the system to ignore. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Enable Log Watch/Ban Service ====&lt;br /&gt;
'''STEPS:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# From the '''PBX Setup'''''' General System Setup '''page, locate the '''Security Settings '''section.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Enable''' the '''Log Watch Ban Service '''by setting the parameter to “'''Yes'''” on the drop-down list.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the button to save the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
# Scroll back to the Log Watch Ban Service panel and click the '''Reload''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Set Log Watch/Ban Service Parameters ====&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have enabled the Log Watch/Ban Services, you will be able to configure the parameters for the security settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following table describes the parameters and descriptions (recommended settings) for the Log Watch and Ban feature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;border-spacing:0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#b8cce4;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Sections/Fields'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#b8cce4;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Description'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Service is currently Running =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| This indicates the status of the service, either '''Running''' or '''Not Running'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Reload Button =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| Restarts the Ban service, clearing any existing banned IP addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Enable Log Watch &amp;amp; Ban Service =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| Set to Yes and the PBX will monitor failed SIP registration attempts. 5 failed attempts and the IP is blocked for:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 5days&lt;br /&gt;
* Until system reboot&lt;br /&gt;
* Until Reload button is clicked&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Ignore IPs in SIP LocalNets =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| Set to '''Yes''' and the PBX will ignore failed SIP registration attempts from IPs from the LocalNets configured in the system. When set to '''No''', IP addresses from the LocalNets are ignored for failed attempts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Ignoring Addresses =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| Lists the addresses that were manually entered to be ignored in regards to failed SIP registration attempts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Add Entry =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| Enter the IP addresses you wish to be ignored by the PBX in regards to failed SIP registration attempts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
==== Configure Log Watch/Ban Service ====&lt;br /&gt;
'''STEPS:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Navigate to PBX SetupGeneral.&lt;br /&gt;
# Scroll down to the '''Security Settings '''panel, set the parameters based on your general business requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the button to save the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
# Navigate to the '''PBX Setup''''''General''' page. Locate the '''Admin Settings''' section (located at the top of the page).&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an IP address for '''Admin Email Address''' field. Depending on whether you have Unified Messaging configured, the PBX will send an email to this address any time that it bans an IP address. See the Unified Messaging section of this guide for details on how to configure this parameter.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the '''Apply Changes''' link located at the top right hand corner of the page, to commit the changes to the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;border-spacing:0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #000000;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #000000;border-left:0.0069in solid #000000;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #000000;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #000000;border-left:none;border-right:0.0069in solid #000000;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| '''IMPORTANT: Please contact IPitomy’s Technical Support Group if you need further assistance by email at [mailto:support@ipitomy.com support@ipitomy.com] or phone 941-306-2200 option 2. You can also search the FAQ page on our website at [http://www.ipitomy.com/ www.ipitomy.com].'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
==== Disable Log Set Security Setting ====&lt;br /&gt;
'''STEPS:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# From the '''PBX Setup'''''' General System Setup '''page, locate the '''Security Settings '''panel.&lt;br /&gt;
# Disable the security setting by selecting “No” from the drop-down list for the '''Log Watch Ban Service.'''&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the button to save the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the '''Apply Changes''' link located at the top right hand corner of the page, to commit the changes to the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Time Settings Section ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;border-spacing:0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#b8cce4;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Sections/Fields'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#b8cce4;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Description'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Current System Time =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| This is the current time of the PBX system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Synchronize =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| Clicking this button will cause the PBX to sync to the time server. This will result in a restart of services, interrupting calls. If the time is off by more than an hour, we advise you to reboot the PBX after synchronization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Timezone =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| This is the time zone for the PBX system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Network Time Server =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| This is the location of the PBX time server. If nothing is entered in the field, the PBX is using the default value of time.nist.gov.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-bottom:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-left:0.0069in solid #0000ff;border-right:none;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| ===== Time Server Info =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.0069in solid #0000ff;padding-top:0in;padding-bottom:0in;padding-left:0.075in;padding-right:0.075in;&amp;quot;| Below the Network Time Server field is a display showing information about the system’s connection to its time server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
==== Set Time Settings ====&lt;br /&gt;
'''STEPS:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# From the '''PBX Setup'''''' General System Setup '''page, locate the '''Time Settings '''panel.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the Timezone to match your location. &lt;br /&gt;
# If needed, set the Network Time Server to the desired address. Typically the default value will work.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the button to save the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the '''Apply Changes''' link located at the top right hand corner of the page, to commit the changes to the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Outbound Transfers Numbers Section ===&lt;br /&gt;
This setting allows outside numbers, such as cell phones or land lines, which receive calls through the PBX to press ## to transfer the call. Once connected, the call can be transferred to someone else at the office or another number, depending on configuration. Simply ask them to hold, then press ##. After a moment the PBX will say “Transfer”, after which you can dial the number where the call should be transferred to. Any numbers listed here will be able to perform this type of transfer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Transfer Permissions setting to define where calls may be transferred to. Internal Only restricts the transfers to extensions only. If you set it to an extension, then you can transfer anywhere that extension could, following the Class of Service for outbound dialing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add Outbound Transfers ====&lt;br /&gt;
'''STEPS:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# From the '''PBX Setup'''''' General System Setup '''page, locate the '''Outbound Transfer Numbers '''section.&lt;br /&gt;
# To in the box to the left of the '''Add''' button, enter the phone number you wish to be able to use this transfer feature. Click '''Add''' to move the number to the list. Repeat this step for all the numbers you want to add.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the desired permission from the Transfer Permissions drop-down list.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the button to save the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the '''Apply Changes''' link located at the top right hand corner of the page, to commit the changes to the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Delete Outbound Transfers ====&lt;br /&gt;
'''STEPS:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# From the '''PBX Setup''''''General System Setup '''page, locate the '''Outbound Transfer Numbers '''section.&lt;br /&gt;
# From the list of transferable numbers, click on the number(s) that you want to delete. You can use the '''SHIFT''' or '''CTRL''' button to select multiple numbers on the list.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the '''DEL''' button. The selected numbers are removed from the list .&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the button to save the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the '''Apply Changes''' link located at the top right hand corner of the page, to commit the changes to the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== InGenius Connector ===&lt;br /&gt;
InGenius is a 3&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;rd&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; party software licensable on the IPitomy PBX. The settings under PBX SetupGeneral are where you would configure the user name and password InGenius. Contact IPitomy for more information.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=PBXPlus_Manual:_Feature_Codes&amp;diff=1260</id>
		<title>PBXPlus Manual: Feature Codes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=PBXPlus_Manual:_Feature_Codes&amp;diff=1260"/>
		<updated>2013-02-26T17:19:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Feature Codes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The numbering plan of the IPitomy IP PBX is almost completely open to customization. This is a list of codes that are required when feature buttons are not programmed to accomplish the operation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Code&lt;br /&gt;
! Suffix&lt;br /&gt;
! Function Description&lt;br /&gt;
! Notes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *8*&lt;br /&gt;
| Ext Number&lt;br /&gt;
| Whisper&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *9*&lt;br /&gt;
| Ext Number&lt;br /&gt;
| Listen&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *91&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| PBX Call Forward&lt;br /&gt;
| Use to Enable or Access PBX-CFWD&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *92&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| PBX CFWD Destination&lt;br /&gt;
| Use to input FWD destination&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *90&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| PBX Call Forward Disable&lt;br /&gt;
| Use to Disable PBX-CFWD&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *0&lt;br /&gt;
| n/a&lt;br /&gt;
| Schedule OFF&lt;br /&gt;
| n/a&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *1&lt;br /&gt;
| n/a&lt;br /&gt;
| Go to Day Mode&lt;br /&gt;
| n/a&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *2&lt;br /&gt;
| n/a&lt;br /&gt;
| Go to Night Mode&lt;br /&gt;
| Ext must be assigned Operator &amp;quot;Y&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Press Day/Night button&lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
| Go to Schedule Mode&lt;br /&gt;
| Ext must be assigned Operator &amp;quot;Y&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Press Day/Night button&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
| Go to Day Mode&lt;br /&gt;
| Ext must be assigned Operator &amp;quot;Y&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Press Day/Night button&lt;br /&gt;
| 2&lt;br /&gt;
| Go to Night Mode&lt;br /&gt;
| Ext must be assigned Operator &amp;quot;Y&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0*&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| Pause Phone&lt;br /&gt;
| Use instead of &amp;quot;Pause&amp;quot; button (ABC+extno)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1*&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| UnPause Phone&lt;br /&gt;
| Use instead of &amp;quot;Pause&amp;quot; button (ABC+extno)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0*&lt;br /&gt;
| Agent Number + SEND&lt;br /&gt;
| Pause Agent&lt;br /&gt;
| Doesn't pause phone&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1*&lt;br /&gt;
| Agent Number + SEND&lt;br /&gt;
| UnPause Agent&lt;br /&gt;
| Doesn't UnPause phone&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1*&lt;br /&gt;
| Ext Number + SEND&lt;br /&gt;
| Invoke Follow-Me for Ext&lt;br /&gt;
| Dials the Extension's Follow-me destination(s)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2*&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| Agent LogIn&lt;br /&gt;
| PBX SW Ver 4.6.1 and greater, previously Agent Number is required&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3*&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| Agent LogOut&lt;br /&gt;
| PBX SW Ver 4.6.1 and greater, previously &amp;quot;one-shot login&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 4*&lt;br /&gt;
| VMB Number + SEND&lt;br /&gt;
| Call VMBox Cascading List&lt;br /&gt;
| Use to test Cascading Notification List operation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| #*&lt;br /&gt;
| Ext Number + SEND&lt;br /&gt;
| Attended transfer&lt;br /&gt;
| Allows you to announce the call&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ##&lt;br /&gt;
| Ext Number + SEND&lt;br /&gt;
| Blind transfer&lt;br /&gt;
| Just transfer the call.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| On Call&lt;br /&gt;
| *#&lt;br /&gt;
| Call Record&lt;br /&gt;
| n/a&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 99&lt;br /&gt;
| SEND&lt;br /&gt;
| Group Call Pickup&lt;br /&gt;
| n/a&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 99&lt;br /&gt;
| Ext Number + SEND&lt;br /&gt;
| Directed Call Pickup&lt;br /&gt;
| n/a&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 923&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;amp;lt;pswd&amp;amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Access your VMB&lt;br /&gt;
| (when no button is available)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 924&lt;br /&gt;
| MB + &amp;amp;lt;pswd&amp;amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Access a VMB from any extension&lt;br /&gt;
| Use from someone else's phone&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 926&lt;br /&gt;
| wait for prompt... first letters of person's name&lt;br /&gt;
| Company Directory&lt;br /&gt;
| Access Company Directory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| **&lt;br /&gt;
| Group Number&lt;br /&gt;
| Group Page&lt;br /&gt;
| Multicast Paging impacts network traffic less&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *&lt;br /&gt;
| Ext Number + SEND&lt;br /&gt;
| Transfer to this extension's VMB&lt;br /&gt;
| Direct to VM Transfer&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Conference Room&lt;br /&gt;
| *&lt;br /&gt;
| ConfRm Feature Menu&lt;br /&gt;
| Accesses the features available while in conference&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Conference Room&lt;br /&gt;
| *1&lt;br /&gt;
| Mute/UnMute&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Conference Room&lt;br /&gt;
| *2&lt;br /&gt;
| Lock/UnLock&lt;br /&gt;
| Only available to the Conference Administrator&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Conference Room&lt;br /&gt;
| *3&lt;br /&gt;
| Eject Last User&lt;br /&gt;
| Only Availale to the Conference Administrator&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Conference Room&lt;br /&gt;
| *4&lt;br /&gt;
| Decrease Conference Volume&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Conference Room&lt;br /&gt;
| *6&lt;br /&gt;
| Increase Conference Volume&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Conference Room&lt;br /&gt;
| *7&lt;br /&gt;
| Decrease User Volume&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Conference Room&lt;br /&gt;
| *9&lt;br /&gt;
| Increase User Volume&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Conference Room&lt;br /&gt;
| *8&lt;br /&gt;
| Exit Menu&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=PBXPlus_Manual:_Feature_Codes&amp;diff=1259</id>
		<title>PBXPlus Manual: Feature Codes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=PBXPlus_Manual:_Feature_Codes&amp;diff=1259"/>
		<updated>2013-02-26T17:15:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Feature Codes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The numbering plan of the IPitomy IP PBX is almost completely open to customization. This is a list of codes that are required when feature buttons are not programmed to accomplish the operation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Code&lt;br /&gt;
! Suffix&lt;br /&gt;
! Function Description&lt;br /&gt;
! Notes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *8*&lt;br /&gt;
| Ext Number&lt;br /&gt;
| Whisper&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *9*&lt;br /&gt;
| Ext Number&lt;br /&gt;
| Listen&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *91&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| PBX Call Forward&lt;br /&gt;
| Use to Enable or Access PBX-CFWD&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *92&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| PBX CFWD Destination&lt;br /&gt;
| Use to input FWD destination&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *90&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| PBX Call Forward Disable&lt;br /&gt;
| Use to Disable PBX-CFWD&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *0&lt;br /&gt;
| n/a&lt;br /&gt;
| Schedule OFF&lt;br /&gt;
| n/a&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *1&lt;br /&gt;
| n/a&lt;br /&gt;
| Go to Day Mode&lt;br /&gt;
| n/a&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *2&lt;br /&gt;
| n/a&lt;br /&gt;
| Go to Night Mode&lt;br /&gt;
| Ext must be assigned Operator &amp;quot;Y&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Press Day/Night button&lt;br /&gt;
| 0&lt;br /&gt;
| Go to Schedule Mode&lt;br /&gt;
| Ext must be assigned Operator &amp;quot;Y&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Press Day/Night button&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
| Go to Day Mode&lt;br /&gt;
| Ext must be assigned Operator &amp;quot;Y&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Press Day/Night button&lt;br /&gt;
| 2&lt;br /&gt;
| Go to Night Mode&lt;br /&gt;
| Ext must be assigned Operator &amp;quot;Y&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0*&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| Pause Phone&lt;br /&gt;
| Use instead of &amp;quot;Pause&amp;quot; button (ABC+extno)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1*&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| UnPause Phone&lt;br /&gt;
| Use instead of &amp;quot;Pause&amp;quot; button (ABC+extno)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0*&lt;br /&gt;
| Agent Number&lt;br /&gt;
| Pause Agent&lt;br /&gt;
| Doesn't pause phone&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1*&lt;br /&gt;
| Agent Number&lt;br /&gt;
| UnPause Agent&lt;br /&gt;
| Doesn't UnPause phone&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1* + Ext&lt;br /&gt;
| Dial this Extension's Follow-me destination(s)&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| 2*&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| Agent LogIn&lt;br /&gt;
| PBX SW Ver 4.6.1 and greater, previously Agent Number is required&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3*&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| Agent LogOut&lt;br /&gt;
| PBX SW Ver 4.6.1 and greater, previously &amp;quot;one-shot login&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 4*&lt;br /&gt;
| VMB Number + SEND&lt;br /&gt;
| Call VMBox Cascading List&lt;br /&gt;
| Use to test Cascading Notification List operation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| #*&lt;br /&gt;
| Ext Number + SEND&lt;br /&gt;
| Attended transfer&lt;br /&gt;
| Allows you to announce the call&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ##&lt;br /&gt;
| Ext Number + SEND&lt;br /&gt;
| Blind transfer&lt;br /&gt;
| Just transfer the call.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| On Call&lt;br /&gt;
| *#&lt;br /&gt;
| Call Record&lt;br /&gt;
| n/a&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 99&lt;br /&gt;
| SEND&lt;br /&gt;
| Group Call Pickup&lt;br /&gt;
| n/a&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 99&lt;br /&gt;
| Ext Number + SEND&lt;br /&gt;
| Directed Call Pickup&lt;br /&gt;
| n/a&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 923&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;amp;lt;pswd&amp;amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Access your VMB&lt;br /&gt;
| (when no button is available)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 924&lt;br /&gt;
| MB + &amp;amp;lt;pswd&amp;amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Access a VMB from any extension&lt;br /&gt;
| Use from someone else's phone&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 926&lt;br /&gt;
| wait for prompt... first letters of person's name&lt;br /&gt;
| Company Directory&lt;br /&gt;
| Access Company Directory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| **&lt;br /&gt;
| Group Number&lt;br /&gt;
| Group Page&lt;br /&gt;
| Multicast Paging impacts network traffic less&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *&lt;br /&gt;
| Ext Number + SEND&lt;br /&gt;
| Transfer to this extension's VMB&lt;br /&gt;
| Direct to VM Transfer&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Conference Room&lt;br /&gt;
| *&lt;br /&gt;
| ConfRm Feature Menu&lt;br /&gt;
| Accesses the features available while in conference&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Conference Room&lt;br /&gt;
| *1&lt;br /&gt;
| Mute/UnMute&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Conference Room&lt;br /&gt;
| *2&lt;br /&gt;
| Lock/UnLock&lt;br /&gt;
| Only available to the Conference Administrator&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Conference Room&lt;br /&gt;
| *3&lt;br /&gt;
| Eject Last User&lt;br /&gt;
| Only Availale to the Conference Administrator&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Conference Room&lt;br /&gt;
| *4&lt;br /&gt;
| Decrease Conference Volume&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Conference Room&lt;br /&gt;
| *6&lt;br /&gt;
| Increase Conference Volume&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Conference Room&lt;br /&gt;
| *7&lt;br /&gt;
| Decrease User Volume&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Conference Room&lt;br /&gt;
| *9&lt;br /&gt;
| Increase User Volume&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Conference Room&lt;br /&gt;
| *8&lt;br /&gt;
| Exit Menu&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=SIP_Provider&amp;diff=1180</id>
		<title>SIP Provider</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=SIP_Provider&amp;diff=1180"/>
		<updated>2013-02-11T14:38:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;SIP Providers are easy to add and to edit. We have a growing list of providers that we've tested for interoperability and posted the configurations. As we migrate these to the wiki - all new testing will be wiki-posted. All previous posts will remain in their previous location (available here via link). '''IMPORTANT: see the Access Control List note for all providers'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= SIP Provider - Editing and Adding =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Providers ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Configurations on IPitomy's support site: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://wiki.ipitomy.com/images/0/0e/AccessLineSIPConfig.pdf Access Line]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Broadvox%20Config%20Guide.pdf Broadvox Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Callcentric%20Config%20Guide.pdf Callcentric Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/CBeyond%20Config%20Guide.pdf CBeyond Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/cbeyond_config.pdf cbeyond_config.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Hotwire%20Config%20Guide.pdf Hotwire Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/nexMatrix%20Config%20Guide.pdf nexMatrix Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Skype%20SIP%20Config.pdf Skype SIP Config.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Tech%20Bulletin%202011-002%20Windstream.pdf Tech Bulletin 2011-002 Windstream.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Tech%20Bulletin%202011-003%20MegaPath.pdf Tech Bulletin 2011-003 MegaPath.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Tech%20Bulletin%202011-004%20Paetec%20SIP%20Configuration.pdf Tech Bulletin 2011-004 Paetec SIP Configuration.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Tech%20Bulletin%202011-006%20NexVortex%20SIP%20Configuration.pdf Tech Bulletin 2011-006 NexVortex SIP Configuration.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Unlimited%20Config%20Guide.pdf Unlimited Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Vintalk%20Config%20Guide.pdf Vintalk Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Vitelity%20Config%20Guide.pdf Vitelity Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Voicepulse%20Config%20Guide.pdf Voicepulse Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Windstream.pdf Windstream.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Access Control List note for all Providers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IPitomy's application includes an Access Control List for lock-down security. This ACL must be open to the Host of the SIP service being deployed. Please follow the instructions below for ALL SIP Providers that are integrated onto the IPitomy. If your implementation of a SIP Provider has failed look into the ACL settings to assure that the provider has not been restricted from access.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NOTE: Using Load Recommended Defaults will overwrite any previously input parameters that are considered unneeded for the primary PBX application. If there are settings in ACL that you wish to retain you should not use the Load Recommended Defaults button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steps/Considerations:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Assuming that the SIP Provider is being added to an existing system, the Local Network and Subnet Masks should already be programmed. If this is a new installation, input these basic network settings as required in PBX Setup / SIP Setup.&lt;br /&gt;
#External IP Address at the WAN interface of the router should be known and is likely already set. If not, set it too in&amp;amp;nbsp;PBX Setup / SIP Setup.&lt;br /&gt;
#Make sure that all data parameters are set in System / Networking.&lt;br /&gt;
#Navigate to System / Access Control - Access Control List (button)&lt;br /&gt;
#If there is no Access Control List you can create one easily using the Load Recommended Defaults button (read the warnings on this page)&lt;br /&gt;
#If there is no SIP &amp;quot;Service Rule&amp;quot; - there is no SIP service access control. (You can stop here if you don't want to create one... if there is no rule for SIP - all SIP traffic will be allowed.)&lt;br /&gt;
#If there is a SIP &amp;quot;Service Rule&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
##Confirm that the rule type is Allow or Deny&lt;br /&gt;
###An Allow list is indicated under the column header &amp;quot;Rules&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;DROP ALL EXCEPT&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
####This means that only those on the list will be allowed all others will be dropped.&lt;br /&gt;
####'''This is the usual format for Access Control Lists and as assumed for the remaining steps'''&lt;br /&gt;
###A Deny list is indicated under the column header &amp;quot;Rules&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;ACCEPT ALL EXCEPT&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
####This means that only those listed will be dropped&lt;br /&gt;
####If your list is a Deny list and your SIP Provider is not on the list it will be allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
##(Assuming Allow List) You must add the new SIP Provider Host to the list.&lt;br /&gt;
##This can be the DNS or IP Address.&lt;br /&gt;
##In the table &amp;quot;Add New Rule&amp;quot;, select the Service to which the rule will be applied &amp;quot;SIP&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
##Then in the Host box provided input the IP Address of the host&lt;br /&gt;
##You may include a qualifier to restrict the range of IP Addresses to only the valid bits of the IP Address using CIDR notation (&amp;quot;x.x.x.x/&amp;amp;lt;cidr&amp;amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
##Click the button &amp;quot;Create Rule&amp;quot; to add the new rule to the list.&lt;br /&gt;
##Click Apply Changes&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your SIP Provider is now on the Allow List and will be allowed to connect with the PBX. If all other interface settings in the SIP Provider programming are correct, your SIP service should be functional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Load Recommended Defaults ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Access Control can most easily be accomplished using Load Recommended Defaults. However this IPitomy PBX Wizard takes into account only those data parameters associated to core PBX functionality. It utilizes the data from PBX Setup/SIP Setup - Local Networks and Subnet Masks and External IP to derive the contents necessary for PBX functionality.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=SIP_Provider&amp;diff=1179</id>
		<title>SIP Provider</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=SIP_Provider&amp;diff=1179"/>
		<updated>2013-02-11T14:37:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;SIP Providers are easy to add and to edit. We have a growing list of providers that we've tested for interoperability and posted the configurations. As we migrate these to the wiki - all new testing will be wiki-posted. All previous posts will remain in their previous location (available here via link). '''IMPORTANT: see the Access Control List note for all providers'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= SIP Provider - Editing and Adding =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Providers ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Configurations on IPitomy's support site: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/File:AccessLineSIPConfig.pdf Access Line]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Broadvox%20Config%20Guide.pdf Broadvox Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Callcentric%20Config%20Guide.pdf Callcentric Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/CBeyond%20Config%20Guide.pdf CBeyond Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/cbeyond_config.pdf cbeyond_config.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Hotwire%20Config%20Guide.pdf Hotwire Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/nexMatrix%20Config%20Guide.pdf nexMatrix Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Skype%20SIP%20Config.pdf Skype SIP Config.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Tech%20Bulletin%202011-002%20Windstream.pdf Tech Bulletin 2011-002 Windstream.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Tech%20Bulletin%202011-003%20MegaPath.pdf Tech Bulletin 2011-003 MegaPath.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Tech%20Bulletin%202011-004%20Paetec%20SIP%20Configuration.pdf Tech Bulletin 2011-004 Paetec SIP Configuration.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Tech%20Bulletin%202011-006%20NexVortex%20SIP%20Configuration.pdf Tech Bulletin 2011-006 NexVortex SIP Configuration.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Unlimited%20Config%20Guide.pdf Unlimited Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Vintalk%20Config%20Guide.pdf Vintalk Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Vitelity%20Config%20Guide.pdf Vitelity Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Voicepulse%20Config%20Guide.pdf Voicepulse Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Windstream.pdf Windstream.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Access Control List note for all Providers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IPitomy's application includes an Access Control List for lock-down security. This ACL must be open to the Host of the SIP service being deployed. Please follow the instructions below for ALL SIP Providers that are integrated onto the IPitomy. If your implementation of a SIP Provider has failed look into the ACL settings to assure that the provider has not been restricted from access.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NOTE: Using Load Recommended Defaults will overwrite any previously input parameters that are considered unneeded for the primary PBX application. If there are settings in ACL that you wish to retain you should not use the Load Recommended Defaults button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steps/Considerations:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Assuming that the SIP Provider is being added to an existing system, the Local Network and Subnet Masks should already be programmed. If this is a new installation, input these basic network settings as required in PBX Setup / SIP Setup.&lt;br /&gt;
#External IP Address at the WAN interface of the router should be known and is likely already set. If not, set it too in&amp;amp;nbsp;PBX Setup / SIP Setup.&lt;br /&gt;
#Make sure that all data parameters are set in System / Networking.&lt;br /&gt;
#Navigate to System / Access Control - Access Control List (button)&lt;br /&gt;
#If there is no Access Control List you can create one easily using the Load Recommended Defaults button (read the warnings on this page)&lt;br /&gt;
#If there is no SIP &amp;quot;Service Rule&amp;quot; - there is no SIP service access control. (You can stop here if you don't want to create one... if there is no rule for SIP - all SIP traffic will be allowed.)&lt;br /&gt;
#If there is a SIP &amp;quot;Service Rule&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
##Confirm that the rule type is Allow or Deny&lt;br /&gt;
###An Allow list is indicated under the column header &amp;quot;Rules&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;DROP ALL EXCEPT&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
####This means that only those on the list will be allowed all others will be dropped.&lt;br /&gt;
####'''This is the usual format for Access Control Lists and as assumed for the remaining steps'''&lt;br /&gt;
###A Deny list is indicated under the column header &amp;quot;Rules&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;ACCEPT ALL EXCEPT&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
####This means that only those listed will be dropped&lt;br /&gt;
####If your list is a Deny list and your SIP Provider is not on the list it will be allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
##(Assuming Allow List) You must add the new SIP Provider Host to the list.&lt;br /&gt;
##This can be the DNS or IP Address.&lt;br /&gt;
##In the table &amp;quot;Add New Rule&amp;quot;, select the Service to which the rule will be applied &amp;quot;SIP&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
##Then in the Host box provided input the IP Address of the host&lt;br /&gt;
##You may include a qualifier to restrict the range of IP Addresses to only the valid bits of the IP Address using CIDR notation (&amp;quot;x.x.x.x/&amp;amp;lt;cidr&amp;amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
##Click the button &amp;quot;Create Rule&amp;quot; to add the new rule to the list.&lt;br /&gt;
##Click Apply Changes&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your SIP Provider is now on the Allow List and will be allowed to connect with the PBX. If all other interface settings in the SIP Provider programming are correct, your SIP service should be functional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Load Recommended Defaults ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Access Control can most easily be accomplished using Load Recommended Defaults. However this IPitomy PBX Wizard takes into account only those data parameters associated to core PBX functionality. It utilizes the data from PBX Setup/SIP Setup - Local Networks and Subnet Masks and External IP to derive the contents necessary for PBX functionality.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=SIP_Provider&amp;diff=1178</id>
		<title>SIP Provider</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=SIP_Provider&amp;diff=1178"/>
		<updated>2013-02-11T14:35:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;SIP Providers are easy to add and to edit. We have a growing list of providers that we've tested for interoperability and posted the configurations. As we migrate these to the wiki - all new testing will be wiki-posted. All previous posts will remain in their previous location (available here via link). '''IMPORTANT: see the Access Control List note for all providers'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= SIP Provider - Editing and Adding =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Providers ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Configurations on IPitomy's support site: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Access Line&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Broadvox%20Config%20Guide.pdf Broadvox Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Callcentric%20Config%20Guide.pdf Callcentric Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/CBeyond%20Config%20Guide.pdf CBeyond Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/cbeyond_config.pdf cbeyond_config.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Hotwire%20Config%20Guide.pdf Hotwire Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/nexMatrix%20Config%20Guide.pdf nexMatrix Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Skype%20SIP%20Config.pdf Skype SIP Config.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Tech%20Bulletin%202011-002%20Windstream.pdf Tech Bulletin 2011-002 Windstream.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Tech%20Bulletin%202011-003%20MegaPath.pdf Tech Bulletin 2011-003 MegaPath.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Tech%20Bulletin%202011-004%20Paetec%20SIP%20Configuration.pdf Tech Bulletin 2011-004 Paetec SIP Configuration.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Tech%20Bulletin%202011-006%20NexVortex%20SIP%20Configuration.pdf Tech Bulletin 2011-006 NexVortex SIP Configuration.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Unlimited%20Config%20Guide.pdf Unlimited Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Vintalk%20Config%20Guide.pdf Vintalk Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Vitelity%20Config%20Guide.pdf Vitelity Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Voicepulse%20Config%20Guide.pdf Voicepulse Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Windstream.pdf Windstream.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Access Control List note for all Providers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IPitomy's application includes an Access Control List for lock-down security. This ACL must be open to the Host of the SIP service being deployed. Please follow the instructions below for ALL SIP Providers that are integrated onto the IPitomy. If your implementation of a SIP Provider has failed look into the ACL settings to assure that the provider has not been restricted from access.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NOTE: Using Load Recommended Defaults will overwrite any previously input parameters that are considered unneeded for the primary PBX application. If there are settings in ACL that you wish to retain you should not use the Load Recommended Defaults button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steps/Considerations:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Assuming that the SIP Provider is being added to an existing system, the Local Network and Subnet Masks should already be programmed. If this is a new installation, input these basic network settings as required in PBX Setup / SIP Setup.&lt;br /&gt;
#External IP Address at the WAN interface of the router should be known and is likely already set. If not, set it too in&amp;amp;nbsp;PBX Setup / SIP Setup.&lt;br /&gt;
#Make sure that all data parameters are set in System / Networking.&lt;br /&gt;
#Navigate to System / Access Control - Access Control List (button)&lt;br /&gt;
#If there is no Access Control List you can create one easily using the Load Recommended Defaults button (read the warnings on this page)&lt;br /&gt;
#If there is no SIP &amp;quot;Service Rule&amp;quot; - there is no SIP service access control. (You can stop here if you don't want to create one... if there is no rule for SIP - all SIP traffic will be allowed.)&lt;br /&gt;
#If there is a SIP &amp;quot;Service Rule&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
##Confirm that the rule type is Allow or Deny&lt;br /&gt;
###An Allow list is indicated under the column header &amp;quot;Rules&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;DROP ALL EXCEPT&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
####This means that only those on the list will be allowed all others will be dropped.&lt;br /&gt;
####'''This is the usual format for Access Control Lists and as assumed for the remaining steps'''&lt;br /&gt;
###A Deny list is indicated under the column header &amp;quot;Rules&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;ACCEPT ALL EXCEPT&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
####This means that only those listed will be dropped&lt;br /&gt;
####If your list is a Deny list and your SIP Provider is not on the list it will be allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
##(Assuming Allow List) You must add the new SIP Provider Host to the list.&lt;br /&gt;
##This can be the DNS or IP Address.&lt;br /&gt;
##In the table &amp;quot;Add New Rule&amp;quot;, select the Service to which the rule will be applied &amp;quot;SIP&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
##Then in the Host box provided input the IP Address of the host&lt;br /&gt;
##You may include a qualifier to restrict the range of IP Addresses to only the valid bits of the IP Address using CIDR notation (&amp;quot;x.x.x.x/&amp;amp;lt;cidr&amp;amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
##Click the button &amp;quot;Create Rule&amp;quot; to add the new rule to the list.&lt;br /&gt;
##Click Apply Changes&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your SIP Provider is now on the Allow List and will be allowed to connect with the PBX. If all other interface settings in the SIP Provider programming are correct, your SIP service should be functional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Load Recommended Defaults ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Access Control can most easily be accomplished using Load Recommended Defaults. However this IPitomy PBX Wizard takes into account only those data parameters associated to core PBX functionality. It utilizes the data from PBX Setup/SIP Setup - Local Networks and Subnet Masks and External IP to derive the contents necessary for PBX functionality.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=File:AccessLineSIPConfig.pdf&amp;diff=1177</id>
		<title>File:AccessLineSIPConfig.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=File:AccessLineSIPConfig.pdf&amp;diff=1177"/>
		<updated>2013-02-11T14:23:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: SIP Configuration for Access Line SIP Trunks
-&amp;gt; Creation complete&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;SIP Configuration for Access Line SIP Trunks&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- FI:INDEX-START --&amp;gt;{{FileIndex |index=support@ipitomy.com 941.306.2200 page tech bulletin 2012-002 copyright Â© ipitomy communications llc â accessline sip provider configuration description this guide intended streamline the installation trunks pbx our combined testing determined that analog fax machines should connected via telephone line dedicated function separate gateway configured for codec g.711 makes use g.729 optimize bandwidth usage and found voice quality very good during deploys both g.720 backup refer maintenance manual wiki details about adding providers http /wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php/ip_pbx_manual_providers#provisioning_a_sip_provider procedure add navigate web interface shown (usually 192.168.1.249/ippbx your network may different under select current are listedâif first none will listed here. edit screen opens. input name providerâ¦ used âaccesslineâ. match all fields they listed. âhostâ provided dns their guide: trunk dgwsid9151 password n9yn16ji interop-ex.sea.accessline.com address 64.28.122.44 port primary secondary test was not necessary address. dns. must defined âcustomâ set register custom filled with however easier complete other save work field auto-fill (come back insert into username. secret. since default you left-side âdisabledâ list click âaddâ it. now right-side until top list. those codecâs move them disabled only remain. bottom page. when populate content using configuration. end string â:6060â colon6060 again. check âallow outbound caller transferâ wish calls being placed over these allowed control pbx. allow call recording optional. there did direct inward dial numbers assigned one time phone bottom. enter number then press button. once added assign destination drop-down. â2065172793â ring extension note define prime lead any follow destination. donât forget saved information entered typically checked! âinsecureâ protocol matching parameter has nothing carriers security. (set âveryâ) procedureâsip global) setup/sip setup note: where âglobalâ settings established referenced whenever specifically definitionâsome unique hence general providers. rtp timeout seconds precaution disconnect inactive traffic 10-second period extend ignore longer periods âsilenceâ. here again changes made store before continuing programming procedureâcall routing-outgoing routing/outgoing (this digits-dialed associated how digits dialed handled selected trunk. existing route new specific added. example routed expected calling 10-digit area code exact length âyesâ have outgoing routes each scenarios: ï· 7-digit emergency international configuring routes. /wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php/ip_pbx_manual_call_routing#outgoing_call_routing notice available selection drop-down clicked also can applied routing characteristics. multiple dialing pattern (10-digit position desired last choices. youâre done .if procedureâclass service routing/class extensions way extensionâs class service. created step .generally few classes picture below system cos âpaul testâ newly âaccesslineâ from cos. been programmed already screenshot taken (they does procedureâfinalize make operational procedureâtest registered member above, matches routingâoutgoing. just installed. congratulations functional!  }}&amp;lt;!-- FI:INDEX-ENDE --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=SIP_Provider&amp;diff=1176</id>
		<title>SIP Provider</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=SIP_Provider&amp;diff=1176"/>
		<updated>2013-02-11T14:21:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;SIP Providers are easy to add and to edit. We have a growing list of providers that we've tested for interoperability and posted the configurations. As we migrate these to the wiki - all new testing will be wiki-posted. All previous posts will remain in their previous location (available here via link). '''IMPORTANT: see the Access Control List note for all providers'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= SIP Provider - Editing and Adding =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Providers ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Configurations on IPitomy's support site: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/AccessLine&amp;amp;20SIP%20Config.pdf Access Line SIP Config.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Broadvox%20Config%20Guide.pdf Broadvox Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Callcentric%20Config%20Guide.pdf Callcentric Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/CBeyond%20Config%20Guide.pdf CBeyond Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/cbeyond_config.pdf cbeyond_config.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Hotwire%20Config%20Guide.pdf Hotwire Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/nexMatrix%20Config%20Guide.pdf nexMatrix Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Skype%20SIP%20Config.pdf Skype SIP Config.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Tech%20Bulletin%202011-002%20Windstream.pdf Tech Bulletin 2011-002 Windstream.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Tech%20Bulletin%202011-003%20MegaPath.pdf Tech Bulletin 2011-003 MegaPath.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Tech%20Bulletin%202011-004%20Paetec%20SIP%20Configuration.pdf Tech Bulletin 2011-004 Paetec SIP Configuration.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Tech%20Bulletin%202011-006%20NexVortex%20SIP%20Configuration.pdf Tech Bulletin 2011-006 NexVortex SIP Configuration.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Unlimited%20Config%20Guide.pdf Unlimited Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Vintalk%20Config%20Guide.pdf Vintalk Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Vitelity%20Config%20Guide.pdf Vitelity Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Voicepulse%20Config%20Guide.pdf Voicepulse Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Windstream.pdf Windstream.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Access Control List note for all Providers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IPitomy's application includes an Access Control List for lock-down security. This ACL must be open to the Host of the SIP service being deployed. Please follow the instructions below for ALL SIP Providers that are integrated onto the IPitomy. If your implementation of a SIP Provider has failed look into the ACL settings to assure that the provider has not been restricted from access.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NOTE: Using Load Recommended Defaults will overwrite any previously input parameters that are considered unneeded for the primary PBX application. If there are settings in ACL that you wish to retain you should not use the Load Recommended Defaults button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steps/Considerations:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Assuming that the SIP Provider is being added to an existing system, the Local Network and Subnet Masks should already be programmed. If this is a new installation, input these basic network settings as required in PBX Setup / SIP Setup.&lt;br /&gt;
#External IP Address at the WAN interface of the router should be known and is likely already set. If not, set it too in&amp;amp;nbsp;PBX Setup / SIP Setup.&lt;br /&gt;
#Make sure that all data parameters are set in System / Networking.&lt;br /&gt;
#Navigate to System / Access Control - Access Control List (button)&lt;br /&gt;
#If there is no Access Control List you can create one easily using the Load Recommended Defaults button (read the warnings on this page)&lt;br /&gt;
#If there is no SIP &amp;quot;Service Rule&amp;quot; - there is no SIP service access control. (You can stop here if you don't want to create one... if there is no rule for SIP - all SIP traffic will be allowed.)&lt;br /&gt;
#If there is a SIP &amp;quot;Service Rule&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
##Confirm that the rule type is Allow or Deny&lt;br /&gt;
###An Allow list is indicated under the column header &amp;quot;Rules&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;DROP ALL EXCEPT&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
####This means that only those on the list will be allowed all others will be dropped.&lt;br /&gt;
####'''This is the usual format for Access Control Lists and as assumed for the remaining steps'''&lt;br /&gt;
###A Deny list is indicated under the column header &amp;quot;Rules&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;ACCEPT ALL EXCEPT&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
####This means that only those listed will be dropped&lt;br /&gt;
####If your list is a Deny list and your SIP Provider is not on the list it will be allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
##(Assuming Allow List) You must add the new SIP Provider Host to the list.&lt;br /&gt;
##This can be the DNS or IP Address.&lt;br /&gt;
##In the table &amp;quot;Add New Rule&amp;quot;, select the Service to which the rule will be applied &amp;quot;SIP&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
##Then in the Host box provided input the IP Address of the host&lt;br /&gt;
##You may include a qualifier to restrict the range of IP Addresses to only the valid bits of the IP Address using CIDR notation (&amp;quot;x.x.x.x/&amp;amp;lt;cidr&amp;amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
##Click the button &amp;quot;Create Rule&amp;quot; to add the new rule to the list.&lt;br /&gt;
##Click Apply Changes&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your SIP Provider is now on the Allow List and will be allowed to connect with the PBX. If all other interface settings in the SIP Provider programming are correct, your SIP service should be functional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Load Recommended Defaults ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Access Control can most easily be accomplished using Load Recommended Defaults. However this IPitomy PBX Wizard takes into account only those data parameters associated to core PBX functionality. It utilizes the data from PBX Setup/SIP Setup - Local Networks and Subnet Masks and External IP to derive the contents necessary for PBX functionality.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=SIP_Provider&amp;diff=1175</id>
		<title>SIP Provider</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=SIP_Provider&amp;diff=1175"/>
		<updated>2013-02-11T14:02:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;SIP Providers are easy to add and to edit. We have a growing list of providers that we've tested for interoperability and posted the configurations. As we migrate these to the wiki - all new testing will be wiki-posted. All previous posts will remain in their previous location (available here via link). '''IMPORTANT: see the Access Control List note for all providers'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= SIP Provider - Editing and Adding =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Providers ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Configurations on IPitomy's support site: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/AccessLine&amp;amp;20SIP%20Config Access Line SIP Config.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Broadvox%20Config%20Guide.pdf Broadvox Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Callcentric%20Config%20Guide.pdf Callcentric Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/CBeyond%20Config%20Guide.pdf CBeyond Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/cbeyond_config.pdf cbeyond_config.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Hotwire%20Config%20Guide.pdf Hotwire Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/nexMatrix%20Config%20Guide.pdf nexMatrix Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Skype%20SIP%20Config.pdf Skype SIP Config.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Tech%20Bulletin%202011-002%20Windstream.pdf Tech Bulletin 2011-002 Windstream.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Tech%20Bulletin%202011-003%20MegaPath.pdf Tech Bulletin 2011-003 MegaPath.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Tech%20Bulletin%202011-004%20Paetec%20SIP%20Configuration.pdf Tech Bulletin 2011-004 Paetec SIP Configuration.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Tech%20Bulletin%202011-006%20NexVortex%20SIP%20Configuration.pdf Tech Bulletin 2011-006 NexVortex SIP Configuration.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Unlimited%20Config%20Guide.pdf Unlimited Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Vintalk%20Config%20Guide.pdf Vintalk Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Vitelity%20Config%20Guide.pdf Vitelity Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Voicepulse%20Config%20Guide.pdf Voicepulse Config Guide.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/SIP%20Providers/Windstream.pdf Windstream.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Access Control List note for all Providers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IPitomy's application includes an Access Control List for lock-down security. This ACL must be open to the Host of the SIP service being deployed. Please follow the instructions below for ALL SIP Providers that are integrated onto the IPitomy. If your implementation of a SIP Provider has failed look into the ACL settings to assure that the provider has not been restricted from access.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NOTE: Using Load Recommended Defaults will overwrite any previously input parameters that are considered unneeded for the primary PBX application. If there are settings in ACL that you wish to retain you should not use the Load Recommended Defaults button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steps/Considerations:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Assuming that the SIP Provider is being added to an existing system, the Local Network and Subnet Masks should already be programmed. If this is a new installation, input these basic network settings as required in PBX Setup / SIP Setup.&lt;br /&gt;
#External IP Address at the WAN interface of the router should be known and is likely already set. If not, set it too in&amp;amp;nbsp;PBX Setup / SIP Setup.&lt;br /&gt;
#Make sure that all data parameters are set in System / Networking.&lt;br /&gt;
#Navigate to System / Access Control - Access Control List (button)&lt;br /&gt;
#If there is no Access Control List you can create one easily using the Load Recommended Defaults button (read the warnings on this page)&lt;br /&gt;
#If there is no SIP &amp;quot;Service Rule&amp;quot; - there is no SIP service access control. (You can stop here if you don't want to create one... if there is no rule for SIP - all SIP traffic will be allowed.)&lt;br /&gt;
#If there is a SIP &amp;quot;Service Rule&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
##Confirm that the rule type is Allow or Deny&lt;br /&gt;
###An Allow list is indicated under the column header &amp;quot;Rules&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;DROP ALL EXCEPT&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
####This means that only those on the list will be allowed all others will be dropped.&lt;br /&gt;
####'''This is the usual format for Access Control Lists and as assumed for the remaining steps'''&lt;br /&gt;
###A Deny list is indicated under the column header &amp;quot;Rules&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;ACCEPT ALL EXCEPT&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
####This means that only those listed will be dropped&lt;br /&gt;
####If your list is a Deny list and your SIP Provider is not on the list it will be allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
##(Assuming Allow List) You must add the new SIP Provider Host to the list.&lt;br /&gt;
##This can be the DNS or IP Address.&lt;br /&gt;
##In the table &amp;quot;Add New Rule&amp;quot;, select the Service to which the rule will be applied &amp;quot;SIP&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
##Then in the Host box provided input the IP Address of the host&lt;br /&gt;
##You may include a qualifier to restrict the range of IP Addresses to only the valid bits of the IP Address using CIDR notation (&amp;quot;x.x.x.x/&amp;amp;lt;cidr&amp;amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
##Click the button &amp;quot;Create Rule&amp;quot; to add the new rule to the list.&lt;br /&gt;
##Click Apply Changes&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your SIP Provider is now on the Allow List and will be allowed to connect with the PBX. If all other interface settings in the SIP Provider programming are correct, your SIP service should be functional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Load Recommended Defaults ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Access Control can most easily be accomplished using Load Recommended Defaults. However this IPitomy PBX Wizard takes into account only those data parameters associated to core PBX functionality. It utilizes the data from PBX Setup/SIP Setup - Local Networks and Subnet Masks and External IP to derive the contents necessary for PBX functionality.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Marketing&amp;diff=1174</id>
		<title>Marketing</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Marketing&amp;diff=1174"/>
		<updated>2013-02-08T21:41:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Marketing =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://ipitomy.com/index.php/information/ipitomy-news/230-poy5years Internet Telephony Magazine's Annual Product of the Year Award - 5-years in a row!]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Case Studies ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SmallToddlerStudying.jpg‎|link=http://ipitomy.com/index.php/information/case-studies]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== IPitomy Logo (Company Artwork) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Brochures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width: 700px;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:larger;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;HD Phones Brochure&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | [[File:Small familyfloating.gif|Small familyfloating.gif|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21181]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:larger;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;PBX Server 1100 Brochure&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Small IP1200 Front-tiltedTOleft.gif|Small IP1200 Front-tiltedTOleft.gif|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21198]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:larger;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''PBX Server 1200 Brochure'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Small IP1200 Front-tiltedTOleft.gif|Small IP1200 Front-tiltedTOleft.gif|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21197]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:larger;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;PBX Server 2000 Brochure&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Small2000OpenDoor.png|Small2000OpenDoor.png|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21196]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:larger;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''PBX Server 5000 Brochure'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Small2000OpenDoor.png|Small2000OpenDoor.png|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21200]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:larger;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;PBX Selection Guide&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | http://wiki.ipitomy.com/images/3/3c/TurboCharger.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:larger;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Call Center Solution&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | [[File:AvatarGroup.png|AvatarGroup.png|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#!/?cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21104!cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21201]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:larger;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Queue Manager&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | [[File:QMscreenSnippit.png|QMscreenSnippit.png|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#!/?cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21104!cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21202]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=File:SmallToddlerStudying.jpg&amp;diff=1173</id>
		<title>File:SmallToddlerStudying.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=File:SmallToddlerStudying.jpg&amp;diff=1173"/>
		<updated>2013-02-08T21:38:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: -&amp;gt; Creation failed: Unsupported filetype!&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Marketing&amp;diff=1172</id>
		<title>Marketing</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Marketing&amp;diff=1172"/>
		<updated>2013-02-08T21:31:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Marketing =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://ipitomy.com/index.php/information/ipitomy-news/230-poy5years Internet Telephony Magazine's Annual Product of the Year Award - 5-years in a row!]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Case Studies ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== IPitomy Logo (Company Artwork) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Brochures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width: 700px;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:larger;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;HD Phones Brochure&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | [[File:Small familyfloating.gif|Small familyfloating.gif|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21181]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:larger;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;PBX Server 1100 Brochure&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Small IP1200 Front-tiltedTOleft.gif|Small IP1200 Front-tiltedTOleft.gif|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21198]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:larger;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''PBX Server 1200 Brochure'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Small IP1200 Front-tiltedTOleft.gif|Small IP1200 Front-tiltedTOleft.gif|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21197]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:larger;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;PBX Server 2000 Brochure&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Small2000OpenDoor.png|Small2000OpenDoor.png|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21196]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:larger;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''PBX Server 5000 Brochure'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Small2000OpenDoor.png|Small2000OpenDoor.png|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21200]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:larger;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;PBX Selection Guide&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | http://wiki.ipitomy.com/images/3/3c/TurboCharger.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:larger;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Call Center Solution&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | [[File:AvatarGroup.png|AvatarGroup.png|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#!/?cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21104!cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21201]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:larger;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Queue Manager&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | [[File:QMscreenSnippit.png|QMscreenSnippit.png|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#!/?cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21104!cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21202]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Marketing&amp;diff=1171</id>
		<title>Marketing</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Marketing&amp;diff=1171"/>
		<updated>2013-02-08T20:36:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Marketing =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://ipitomy.com/index.php/information/ipitomy-news/230-poy5years Internet Telephony Magazine's Annual Product of the Year Award - 5-years in a row!]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Brochures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width: 700px;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:larger;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;HD Phones Brochure&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | [[File:Small familyfloating.gif|Small familyfloating.gif|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21181]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:larger;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;PBX Server 1100 Brochure&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Small IP1200 Front-tiltedTOleft.gif|Small IP1200 Front-tiltedTOleft.gif|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21198]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:larger;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''PBX Server 1200 Brochure'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Small IP1200 Front-tiltedTOleft.gif|Small IP1200 Front-tiltedTOleft.gif|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21197]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:larger;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;PBX Server 2000 Brochure&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Small2000OpenDoor.png|Small2000OpenDoor.png|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21196]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:larger;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''PBX Server 5000 Brochure'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Small2000OpenDoor.png|Small2000OpenDoor.png|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21200]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:larger;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;PBX Selection Guide&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | http://wiki.ipitomy.com/images/3/3c/TurboCharger.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:larger;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Call Center Solution&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | [[File:AvatarGroup.png|AvatarGroup.png|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#!/?cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21104!cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21201]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:larger;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Queue Manager&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | [[File:QMscreenSnippit.png|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#!/?cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21104!cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21202]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size: 12px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Case Studies&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IPitomy News Letter&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Logo (Company artwork)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=File:QMscreenSnippit.png&amp;diff=1170</id>
		<title>File:QMscreenSnippit.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=File:QMscreenSnippit.png&amp;diff=1170"/>
		<updated>2013-02-08T20:35:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: -&amp;gt; Creation failed: Unsupported filetype!&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Marketing&amp;diff=1169</id>
		<title>Marketing</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Marketing&amp;diff=1169"/>
		<updated>2013-02-08T20:33:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Marketing =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://ipitomy.com/index.php/information/ipitomy-news/230-poy5years Internet Telephony Magazine's Annual Product of the Year Award - 5-years in a row!]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Brochures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width: 700px;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:larger;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;HD Phones Brochure&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | [[File:Small familyfloating.gif|Small familyfloating.gif|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21181]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:larger;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;PBX Server 1100 Brochure&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Small IP1200 Front-tiltedTOleft.gif|Small IP1200 Front-tiltedTOleft.gif|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21198]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:larger;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''PBX Server 1200 Brochure'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Small IP1200 Front-tiltedTOleft.gif|Small IP1200 Front-tiltedTOleft.gif|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21197]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:larger;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;PBX Server 2000 Brochure&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Small2000OpenDoor.png|Small2000OpenDoor.png|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21196]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:larger;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''PBX Server 5000 Brochure'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Small2000OpenDoor.png|Small2000OpenDoor.png|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21200]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:larger;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;PBX Selection Guide&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | http://wiki.ipitomy.com/images/3/3c/TurboCharger.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:larger;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Call Center Solution&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | [[File:AvatarGroup.png|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#!/?cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21104!cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21201]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Case Studies ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== IPitomy News Letter ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Logo (Company artwork) ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=File:AvatarGroup.png&amp;diff=1168</id>
		<title>File:AvatarGroup.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=File:AvatarGroup.png&amp;diff=1168"/>
		<updated>2013-02-08T20:32:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: -&amp;gt; Creation failed: Unsupported filetype!&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Marketing&amp;diff=1167</id>
		<title>Marketing</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Marketing&amp;diff=1167"/>
		<updated>2013-02-08T20:11:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Marketing =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://ipitomy.com/index.php/information/ipitomy-news/230-poy5years Internet Telephony Magazine's Annual Product of the Year Award - 5-years in a row!]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Brochures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width: 700px;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:larger;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;HD Phones Brochure&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; | [[File:Small familyfloating.gif|Small familyfloating.gif|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21181]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:larger;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;PBX Server 1100 Brochure&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Small IP1200 Front-tiltedTOleft.gif|Small IP1200 Front-tiltedTOleft.gif|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21198]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:larger;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''PBX Server 1200 Brochure'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Small IP1200 Front-tiltedTOleft.gif|Small IP1200 Front-tiltedTOleft.gif|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21197]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:larger;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;PBX Server 2000 Brochure&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Small2000OpenDoor.png|Small2000OpenDoor.png|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21196]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:larger;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''PBX Server 5000 Brochure'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Small2000OpenDoor.png|Small2000OpenDoor.png|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21200]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:larger;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;PBX Selection Guide&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| http://wiki.ipitomy.com/images/3/3c/TurboCharger.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Case Studies ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== IPitomy News Letter ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Logo (Company artwork) ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Marketing&amp;diff=1166</id>
		<title>Marketing</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Marketing&amp;diff=1166"/>
		<updated>2013-02-08T20:10:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Marketing =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://ipitomy.com/index.php/information/ipitomy-news/230-poy5years Internet Telephony Magazine's Annual Product of the Year Award - 5-years in a row!]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Brochures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width: 700px;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
=== HD Phones Brochure ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Small_familyfloating.gif‎|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21181]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| PBX Server 1100 Brochure&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Small IP1200 Front-tiltedTOleft.gif|Small IP1200 Front-tiltedTOleft.gif|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21198]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| PBX Server 1200 Brochure&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Small IP1200 Front-tiltedTOleft.gif|Small IP1200 Front-tiltedTOleft.gif|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21197]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| PBX Server 2000 Brochure&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Small2000OpenDoor.png|Small2000OpenDoor.png|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21196]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| PBX Server 5000 Brochure&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Small2000OpenDoor.png|Small2000OpenDoor.png|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21200]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
=== PBX Selection Guide ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| http://wiki.ipitomy.com/images/3/3c/TurboCharger.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Case Studies ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== IPitomy News Letter ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Logo (Company artwork) ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Marketing&amp;diff=1165</id>
		<title>Marketing</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Marketing&amp;diff=1165"/>
		<updated>2013-02-08T20:09:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Marketing =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://ipitomy.com/index.php/information/ipitomy-news/230-poy5years Internet Telephony Magazine's Annual Product of the Year Award - 5-years in a row!]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Brochures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width: 700px;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
=== HD Phones Brochure ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| PBX Server 1100 Brochure&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Small IP1200 Front-tiltedTOleft.gif|Small IP1200 Front-tiltedTOleft.gif|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21198]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| PBX Server 1200 Brochure&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Small IP1200 Front-tiltedTOleft.gif|Small IP1200 Front-tiltedTOleft.gif|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21197]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| PBX Server 2000 Brochure&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Small2000OpenDoor.png|Small2000OpenDoor.png|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21196]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| PBX Server 5000 Brochure&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Small2000OpenDoor.png|Small2000OpenDoor.png|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21200]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
=== PBX Selection Guide ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| http://wiki.ipitomy.com/images/3/3c/TurboCharger.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Case Studies ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== IPitomy News Letter ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Logo (Company artwork) ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=File:Small_familyfloating.gif&amp;diff=1164</id>
		<title>File:Small familyfloating.gif</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=File:Small_familyfloating.gif&amp;diff=1164"/>
		<updated>2013-02-08T20:06:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: -&amp;gt; Creation failed: Unsupported filetype!&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Marketing&amp;diff=1163</id>
		<title>Marketing</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Marketing&amp;diff=1163"/>
		<updated>2013-02-08T19:50:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Marketing =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://ipitomy.com/index.php/information/ipitomy-news/230-poy5years Internet Telephony Magazine's Annual Product of the Year Award - 5-years in a row!]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Brochures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width: 700px;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
=== HD Phones Brochure ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| http://wiki.ipitomy.com/images/2/2c/Family_Floating_-_small.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| PBX Server 1100 Brochure&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Small_IP1200_Front-tiltedTOleft.gif|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21198]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| PBX Server 1200 Brochure&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Small_IP1200_Front-tiltedTOleft.gif|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21197]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| PBX Server 2000 Brochure&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Small2000OpenDoor.png|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21196]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| PBX Server 5000 Brochure&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Small2000OpenDoor.png|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21200]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
=== PBX Selection Guide ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| http://wiki.ipitomy.com/images/3/3c/TurboCharger.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Case Studies ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== IPitomy News Letter ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Logo (Company artwork) ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=File:Small_IP1200_Front-tiltedTOleft.gif&amp;diff=1162</id>
		<title>File:Small IP1200 Front-tiltedTOleft.gif</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=File:Small_IP1200_Front-tiltedTOleft.gif&amp;diff=1162"/>
		<updated>2013-02-08T19:47:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: IP1200
-&amp;gt; Creation failed: Unsupported filetype!&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;IP1200&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Marketing&amp;diff=1161</id>
		<title>Marketing</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Marketing&amp;diff=1161"/>
		<updated>2013-02-08T19:46:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Marketing =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://ipitomy.com/index.php/information/ipitomy-news/230-poy5years Internet Telephony Magazine's Annual Product of the Year Award - 5-years in a row!]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Brochures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;left&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width: 700px;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
=== HD Phones Brochure ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| http://wiki.ipitomy.com/images/2/2c/Family_Floating_-_small.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| PBX Server 1100 Brochure&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:IP1200_Front-tiltedTOleft.gif]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| PBX Server 1200 Brochure&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:IP1200_Front-tiltedTOleft.gif]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| PBX Server 2000 Brochure&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Small2000OpenDoor.png]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| PBX Server 5000 Brochure&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Small2000OpenDoor.png]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
=== PBX Selection Guide ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| http://wiki.ipitomy.com/images/3/3c/TurboCharger.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Case Studies ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== IPitomy News Letter ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Logo (Company artwork) ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=File:Small2000OpenDoor.png&amp;diff=1160</id>
		<title>File:Small2000OpenDoor.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=File:Small2000OpenDoor.png&amp;diff=1160"/>
		<updated>2013-02-08T19:41:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: IP2000
-&amp;gt; Creation failed: Unsupported filetype!&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;IP2000&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=File:IP1200_Front-tiltedTOleft.gif&amp;diff=1159</id>
		<title>File:IP1200 Front-tiltedTOleft.gif</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=File:IP1200_Front-tiltedTOleft.gif&amp;diff=1159"/>
		<updated>2013-02-08T19:41:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: IP1200
-&amp;gt; Creation failed: Unsupported filetype!&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;IP1200&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=File:TurboCharger.jpg&amp;diff=1158</id>
		<title>File:TurboCharger.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=File:TurboCharger.jpg&amp;diff=1158"/>
		<updated>2013-02-08T19:11:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{RMImage&lt;br /&gt;
|Filename=File:TurboCharger.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|CopyrightBy=&lt;br /&gt;
|CreationDate=2013/02/08&lt;br /&gt;
|Uploader=Paul Falanga&lt;br /&gt;
|UploadDate=2013/02/08&lt;br /&gt;
|Description=&lt;br /&gt;
|Keywords=&lt;br /&gt;
|Format=image/jpeg&lt;br /&gt;
|RelatedArticles=User:Paul Falanga&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=File:TurboCharger.jpg&amp;diff=1157</id>
		<title>File:TurboCharger.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=File:TurboCharger.jpg&amp;diff=1157"/>
		<updated>2013-02-08T19:11:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: uploaded a new version of &amp;amp;quot;File:TurboCharger.jpg&amp;amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;TurboCharger pic for misc&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Marketing&amp;diff=1156</id>
		<title>Marketing</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Marketing&amp;diff=1156"/>
		<updated>2013-02-08T19:03:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Marketing =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://ipitomy.com/index.php/information/ipitomy-news/230-poy5years Internet Telephony Magazine's Annual Product of the Year Award - 5-years in a row!]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Brochures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HD Phones Brochure&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Family Floating - small.jpg|HD IP220, IP320, IP410 and IP620 with IPX32 Expansion|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21181]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PBX Selection Guide ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TurboCharger.jpg|border|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21122]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Case Studies ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== IPitomy News Letter ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Logo (Company artwork) ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Marketing&amp;diff=1155</id>
		<title>Marketing</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Marketing&amp;diff=1155"/>
		<updated>2013-02-08T19:02:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Marketing =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://ipitomy.com/index.php/information/ipitomy-news/230-poy5years Internet Telephony Magazine's Annual Product of the Year Award - 5-years in a row!]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Brochures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HD Phones Brochure&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Family Floating - small.jpg|HD IP220, IP320, IP410 and IP620 with IPX32 Expansion|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21181]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PBX Selection Guide ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TurboCharger.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Case Studies ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== IPitomy News Letter ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Logo (Company artwork) ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=File:TurboCharger.jpg&amp;diff=1154</id>
		<title>File:TurboCharger.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=File:TurboCharger.jpg&amp;diff=1154"/>
		<updated>2013-02-08T19:01:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: TurboCharger pic for misc
-&amp;gt; Creation failed: Unsupported filetype!&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;TurboCharger pic for misc&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Marketing&amp;diff=1153</id>
		<title>Marketing</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Marketing&amp;diff=1153"/>
		<updated>2013-02-08T18:55:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Marketing =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://ipitomy.com/index.php/information/ipitomy-news/230-poy5years Internet Telephony Magazine's Annual Product of the Year Award - 5-years in a row!]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Brochures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Family Floating - small.jpg|HD IP220, IP320, IP410 and IP620 with IPX32 Expansion|link=https://skydrive.live.com/?cid=a31a942025b325ce#cid=A31A942025B325CE&amp;amp;id=A31A942025B325CE%21181]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Case Studies ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== IPitomy News Letter ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Logo (Company artwork) ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Marketing&amp;diff=1152</id>
		<title>Marketing</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=Marketing&amp;diff=1152"/>
		<updated>2013-02-07T18:40:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: Created page with &amp;quot;= Marketing =  == Awards ==  [http://ipitomy.com/index.php/information/ipitomy-news/230-poy5years Internet Telephony Magazine's Annual Product of the Year Award - 5-years in a...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Marketing =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://ipitomy.com/index.php/information/ipitomy-news/230-poy5years Internet Telephony Magazine's Annual Product of the Year Award - 5-years in a row!]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Brochures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Family_Floating_-_small.jpg|HD IP220, IP320, IP410 and IP620 with IPX32 Expansion]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Case Studies ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== IPitomy News Letter ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Logo (Company artwork) ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=File:Family_Floating_-_small.jpg&amp;diff=1151</id>
		<title>File:Family Floating - small.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.ipitomy.com/index.php?title=File:Family_Floating_-_small.jpg&amp;diff=1151"/>
		<updated>2013-02-07T18:38:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Paul Falanga: HD series phones - floating
-&amp;gt; Creation failed: Unsupported filetype!&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;HD series phones - floating&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Paul Falanga</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>